Village of Oak Lawn, Illinois Potable Water Distribution Main Lining

Village of Oak Lawn, Illinois 9446 South Raymond Avenue

Oak Lawn, IL 60453

Potable Water Distribution Main Lining VOLUME 1 OF 1 BIDDING DOCUMENTS

BID DOCUMENTS

August 2017

Jonathon P. Meyer, P.E.License No. 062-058367

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

© 2017 CDM Smith BID SET

All Rights Reserved August 2017

Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Table of Contents

Village of Oak Lawn 00010 - 1

SECTION 00010

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Pages

DIVISION 00 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

00010 Table of Contents ................................................................................ 00010-1 to 00010-2

00020 Invitation to Bid .................................................................................. 00020-1 to 00020-2

00100 Instructions to Bidders ........................................................................ 00100-1 to 00100-6

00400 Bid Form ............................................................................................. 00400-1 to 00400-8

00410 Bid Bond ............................................................................................. 00410-1 to 00410-2

00500 Agreement ........................................................................................... 00500-1 to 00500-6

00610 Performance Bond .............................................................................. 00610-1 to 00610-4

00615 Payment Bond ..................................................................................... 00615-1 to 00615-4

00660 Notice of Award .................................................................................. 00660-1 to 00660-2

00661 Notice to Proceed ................................................................................ 00661-1 to 00661-2

00662 Change Order ...................................................................................... 00662-1 to 00662-2

00700 General Conditions ............................................................................. 00700-1 to 00700-49

00800 Supplementary Conditions .................................................................. 00800-1 to 00800-20

DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01010 Summary of Work .............................................................................. 01010-1 to 01010-2

01014 Construction Constraints ..................................................................... 01014-1 to 01014-2

01025 Measurement and Payment ................................................................. 01025-1 to 01025-8

01026 Application for Payment ..................................................................... 01026-1 to 01026-4

01035 Change Order Procedures ................................................................... 01035-1 to 01035-6

01038 Requests for Information (RFI) .......................................................... 01038-1 to 01038-4

01046 Project Meetings ................................................................................. 01046-1 to 01046-2

01102 Safety and Health ................................................................................ 01102-1 to 01102-2

01110 Environmental Protection Procedures ................................................. 01110-1 to 01110-4

01115 Permits ................................................................................................ 01115-1 to 01115-2

01300 Submittals ........................................................................................... 01300-1 to 01300-14

01311 Construction Scheduling ..................................................................... 01311-1 to 01311-4

01322 Photographic Documentation.............................................................. 01322-1 to 01322-4

01330 Work as Directed by the Engineer ...................................................... 01330-1 to 01330-2

01370 Schedule of Values ............................................................................. 01370-1 to 01370-4

01381 Video Documentation ......................................................................... 01381-1 to 01381-4

01445 Pipeline Cleaning and Testing for Service .......................................... 01445-1 to 01445-8

01560 Site Security Measures ........................................................................ 01560-1 to 01560-2

01600 Delivery, Storage and Handling .......................................................... 01600-1 to 01600-2

01700 Contract Closeout ............................................................................... 01700-1 to 01700-2

01710 Cleaning .............................................................................................. 01710-1 to 01710-2

01720 Project Record Documents ................................................................. 01720-1 to 01720-4

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data ........................................................ 01730-1 to 01730-6

01740 Warranties and Bonds ......................................................................... 01740-1 to 01740-4


All Rights Reserved July 2017

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

Section Pages

Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Table of Contents


DIVISION 02 SITEWORK

02100 Site Preparation ................................................................................... 02100-1 to 02100-4

02140 Dewatering and Drainage ................................................................... 02140-1 to 02140-6

02221 Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction ............................................. 02221-1 to 02221-10

02230 Granular Fill Materials ........................................................................ 02230-1 to 02230-4

02270 Erosion and Sedimentation Control .................................................... 02270-1 to 02270-4

02500 Pavement ............................................................................................. 02500-1 to 02500-4

02550 Work Zone Traffic Control, Protection and Signing .......................... 02550-1 to 02550-2

02616 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ............................................................. 02616-1 to 02616-10

02642 Gate Valves ......................................................................................... 02642-1 to 02642-4

02666 Temporary Services ............................................................................ 02666-1 to 02666-4

02765 TV Inspection of Water Pipelines ....................................................... 02765-1 to 02765-8

02766 Cured In-Place Pipe (Water Mains) .................................................... 02766-1 to 02766-16

02931 Loaming and Sodding ......................................................................... 02931-1 to 02931-6

APPENDICES

A. Drawing – Figures Showing Work Locations

B. Village of Oak Lawn Standard Details



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Invitation to Bid


SECTION 00020

INVITATION TO BID

Village of Oak Lawn, Illinois

Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Project

NOTICE TO BIDDERS

Notice is hereby given that sealed Bids will be received for the following project:


Provide all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to access, clean, inspect, CIPP line potable water

distribution mains, and restoration at the locations within the project limits shown on the Drawings in

Appendix A. The project limits for the lining on 88th Place is for the 6-inch distribution main located

between Oak Park Avenue and Natoma Avenue. The project limits for the lining on Parke Avenue is

between 101st Street and 99th Place.

Access activities include obtaining the necessary permits and permissions to gain access to the watermain,

notifying the public, as well as physically accessing the site. Temporary services will be required to be

established to accommodate the lining activities. Cleaning activities include hydraulic cleaning and the

removal and disposal of debris to accommodate lining.

Pre-Inspection and post-inspection shall be accomplished with a closed-circuit television (CCTV)

inspection and post-inspection data processing in accordance with NASSCO PACP shall be required. Water

main lining activities shall be performed by installing a liner for potable water distribution mains. Both

temporary service potable water mains, and lined distribution mains shall pass all chlorination and testing

requirements. and Following the completion of lining activities, site restoration of paved and unpaved

surfaces will be required.

Sealed Bid Proposals will be received up to the hour of 10:00 A.M. (CST) on Thursday, August 31, 2017,

in the office of the Village Clerk in the Municipal Center located at 9446 S. Raymond Avenue, Oak

Lawn, IL 60453. All sealed bid proposals will be publicly opened and read at 10:00 A.M. on the same day

in the Municipal Auditorium at the Municipal Center.

The Bidding Documents for the Project may be examined online at http://www.oaklawn-il.gov/. Bid

proposals must be submitted on the forms provided.

CONTRACTORS MUST ATTEND A MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCE at the Oak Lawn

Maintenance Building Conference Room, 5550 98th Street, Oak Lawn, Illinois at 10:30 A.M. ON

MONDAY, AUGUST 21, 2017 to discuss the Bidding Documents. CONTRACTORS WHO DO NOT

ATTEND THE PRE-BID CONFERENCE WILL BE DISQUALIFIED FROM THE BIDDING

PROCESS.

The Contractor will be required to pay no less than the Illinois Prevailing Wage Rates (as recorded by the

Illinois Prevailing Wage Act – 820 ILCS 130 and in Springfield, IL) on this Project as established by the

U.S Department of Labor and must comply with the equal opportunity provisions set forth in the Contract

Documents. The Contractor also shall comply with all Federal, State, and Local regulations. The Village of

http://www.oaklawn-il.gov/



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Invitation to Bid


Oak Lawn reserves the right to determine the low, responsive, responsible bidder, to wave irregularities,

and to reject any or all bids.

Bidding documents are available for examination or purchase during normal business hours at the office of

CDM Smith Inc., 125 South Wacker Drive, Suite 600, Chicago, IL 60606 (telephone 312-346-5000). A

complete set of paper copies of the Bidding Documents may be purchased for $150 per set. Electronic

copies of the Bidding Documents via electronic delivery are available at no cost, via mail delivery on a

CDROM are available for purchase for $25 per set. All fees for copies of the Bidding Documents are non-

refundable, and cover costs of copying, handling, and mailing. Payment shall be in cash, or by bank or

certified check payable to CDM Smith Inc.

Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided in the Bidding Documents and in accordance with the

Instructions to Bidders. Bids shall be accompanied by a Bid Security in the amount of 10 percent of the

total Bid amount as guarantee that, if the Bid is accepted, a contract will be entered into and the

performance of the contract properly secured. The Bid Security shall be in the form of a bid bond,

cashier’s check, or certified check payable to the order of the Village of Oak Lawn. No Bid will be

considered unless accompanied by such bid bond or check.

A Performance Bond and Payment Bond, each in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract Price and

with a corporate surety as allowed by Article 5 of the Conditions of the Contract, will be required from

the Successful Bidder to guarantee the full performance of the Contract.

The Contractor will be required to pay no less than the higher of the rates required by the Illinois

Prevailing Wage Act for each classification of work. The Contractor will also be required to comply with

the equal opportunity provisions set forth in the Bidding Documents and all Federal, State, and Local

regulations.

The Village of Oak Lawn reserves the right to determine the low, responsive, responsible bidder, to waive

irregularities, and to reject any or all Bids.

Dated August, 2017

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Instructions to Bidders


SECTION 00100

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

ARTICLE 1 – QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS

1.01 Bidders may be investigated by the Owner to determine if they are qualified to perform the Work.

All Bidders shall be prepared to submit within 14 calendar days of the Owner’s or Engineer’s

request, written evidence of such information and data necessary to make this determination.

1.02 The investigation of a Bidder will seek to determine whether the organization is adequate in size, is

authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the project is located, has had previous

experience and whether available equipment and financial resources are adequate to assure the

Owner that the Work will be completed in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. The

amount of other work to which the Bidder is committed and the impact to project schedule may also

be considered.

1.03 In evaluating Bids, the Owner will consider the qualifications of only those Bidders who submitted

Bids in compliance with the specified and prescribed bidding requirements.

1.04 The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or the investigation of,

such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the

obligations of the Contract Documents and to complete the Work contemplated therein. The Owner

reserves the right to reject Bids if the information provided is incomplete or the Bidder is non-

responsive to questions.

ARTICLE 2 – COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

2.01 The Contract Documents are available online at www.oaklawn-il.gov. 2.02 Complete sets of Contract Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor

Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of

incomplete sets of Contract Documents.

2.03 The Owner and Engineer, in publishing copies of Contract Documents for the above terms, do so

only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any

other use.

ARTICLE 3 – EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND

SITE

3.01 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder must (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b)

visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress

or performance of the Work, (c) become familiar with Federal, State and local laws, ordinances,

rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work;

and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the requirements of the Contract

Documents.

http://www.oaklawn-il.gov/





3.02 Before submitting a Bid, Bidders may, at their own expense, make such additional investigations

and tests as they may deem necessary to determine their Bid for performance of the Work in accordance

with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

3.03 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way for access thereto and other lands

designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Supplementary Conditions,

General Requirements or on the Drawings.

3.04 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation that the Bidder has

complied with every requirement of this Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope

and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work.

ARTICLE 4 – INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA

4.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be submitted to CDM

Smith via email. The subject line shall reference the project name. Questions should be directed to

the following individuals at the email address listed:

Jon Meyer, P.E. Bob Reid

Project Manager Project Engineer

Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected]

4.02 Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Owner or Engineer will be issued by

Addenda before the bid opening date, sent by email to all parties recorded as having received the

Contract Documents. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding.

Questions received later than 7 (seven) calendar days prior to the bid opening date may not be

answered. Oral and other clarifications or interpretations will be without legal effect.

4.03 Bidders are responsible for determining that they have received all Addenda issued.

ARTICLE 5 – PRE-BID CONFERENCE

5.01 A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held in accordance with the Invitation to Bid.

Contractors who do not attend the pre-bid conference will be disqualified from the bidding

process.

ARTICLE 6 – BID SECURITY

6.01 Each Bid must be accompanied by cash, bid bond, or a certified check on, or a treasurer's or

cashier's check issued by, a responsible bank or trust company, payable to Owner. The Bid

Security shall be in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. Bid Security shall be sealed in a

separate envelope from the Bid and then attached to the envelope containing the Bid. All Bid

Securities except those of the three lowest responsible and eligible Bidders will be returned within

fourteen calendar days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after opening of the

Bids. All Bid Securities will be returned on the execution of the Agreement or if no award is made,

within 60 calendar days after the actual date of opening of the Bids, unless forfeited under the

conditions herein stipulated.

6.02 In case a party to whom a Contract is awarded shall fail or neglect to execute the Agreement and

furnish the satisfactory bonds within the time specified, Owner may determine that the Bidder has

mailto:[email protected]






abandoned the Contract, and thereupon the Bid Forms and acceptance shall be null and void and

the Bid Security accompanying the Bid Form shall be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages

for such failure or neglect and to indemnify said Owner for any loss which may be sustained by

failure of the Bidder to execute the Agreement and furnish the bonds as aforesaid, provided that

the amount forfeited to Owner shall not exceed the difference between the Bid Price of said Bidder

and that of the next lowest responsible and eligible bidder and provided further that, in case of

death, disability, or other unforeseen circumstances affecting the Bidder, such Bid Security may be

returned to the Bidder. After execution of the Agreement and acceptance of the bonds by Owner,

the Bid Security accompanying the Bid Form of the Successful Bidder will be returned. Bid Bond

(on the form included in Section 00410) shall be issued by a surety meeting the requirements of

Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 7 – PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND OTHER BONDS

7.01 Performance, Payment and other Bonds shall be provided in accordance with Article 5 of the

Conditions of the Contract.

7.02 All Bonds required as Contract Security shall be furnished with the executed Agreement.

7.03 All bonds, permit bonds, performance guarantees, and insurance requirements shall be provided

by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense with the executed agreement.

ARTICLE 8 – BID FORM

8.01 Each Bid shall be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Contract Documents. The Bid

Form shall be removed from the Project Manual, completed in its entirety, and submitted with all

additional documentation required by the Bid Form. The Bid Security shall be submitted in accordance

with Article 6 of the Instruction to Bidders. All blank spaces for Bid prices must be filled in with the unit

price for the item or the lump sum for which the Bid is made.

8.2 Bid Forms shall be completed in black ink or by typewriter. The Bid price of each item on the form

shall be stated in words, and figures. If unit prices are required on the Bid Form, discrepancies between

unit prices and their respective total amounts will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies

between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies between the indicated sum

of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.

8.3 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or

other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be

affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of

incorporation shall be shown below the signature.

8.4 Bids by Limited Liability Companies shall be executed in the Limited Liability name by the Manager

(or other Limited Liability Company officer/representative accompanied by evidence of authority to

sign.) The Limited Liability Company address and state where the Limited Liability Company was

formed shall be shown below the signature.

8.5 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title

shall appear under the signature. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the

signature.





8.6 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.

8.7 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be

filled in on the Bid Form.

8.8 The address to which communications regarding the Bid are to be directed shall be shown.

8.9 One copy of each Bid shall be submitted in a sealed opaque envelope bearing on the outside the

Bidder's name, address, and the Project Title for which the Bid is submitted. If forwarded by mail, Bid

and sealed envelope marked as described above shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation

"BID ENCLOSED" on the face and addressed as indicated in the Invitation to Bid.

ARTICLE 9 – RECEIPT OF BIDS

9.01 Sealed Bid Proposals for the Work of this Contract will be received at the time and place

indicated in the Invitation to Bid. Any Bid received after the specific time will not be considered.

9.02 The Owner may consider informal any Bid Proposal not prepared and submitted in accordance

with the provisions thereof.

9.03 Bidders are cautioned that it is the responsibility of each individual bidder to assure that their Bid

is in the possession of the responsible official or the designated alternate prior to the stated time

and at the place of the Bid Opening. The Owner is not responsible for bids delayed by mail and/or

delivery services, of any nature.

ARTICLE 10 – MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID

10.01 Bids may be modified only by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid

must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to

the opening of Bids.

10.02 Bids may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time (or authorized postponement thereof) for the

opening of Bids.

10.03 No Bid may be withdrawn for a period of 60 calendar days after the actual date of the opening of

the Bids.

ARTICLE 11 – AWARD OF CONTRACT

11.01 The Contract will be awarded to the low, responsible and responsive Bidder (Successful Bidder)

based on the Total Base Bid Price. Such a Bidder shall possess the skill, ability, and integrity

necessary for the faithful performance of the Work. The term “lowest, responsible, and

responsive Bidder” as used herein shall mean the Bidder whose Bid is the lowest of those Bidders

possessing the skill, ability and integrity necessary to the faithful performance of the Work.

11.02 The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive any or all informalities if it is in

the Owner’s best interest to do so, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, non-responsive

or conditional Bids.





11.03 A Bid which includes for any item a Bid Price that is abnormally low or high may be rejected as

unbalanced.

11.04 The Owner also reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder that the Owner considers to be

unqualified relative to Article 1 above.

11.05 If the Contract is to be awarded, Owner will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award

(Section 00660) within 60 calendar days, after the actual date of the opening of the Bids. All bids

shall remain open for 60 calendar days, after the actual date of the opening of the Bids but Owner

may, at Owner's sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date.

ARTICLE 12 – EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT

12.01 When the Owner gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by six

(6) unsigned copies of the Agreement and all other applicable Contract Documents such as

security bonds and insurance as specified in this Specification and General Conditions. Within ten

calendar days after the date of receipt of such notification, Contractor shall execute and return all

copies of the Agreement and all other applicable Contract Documents to the Owner.

ARTICLE 13 – SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS

13.01 This project is subject to the Safety and Health Regulations (CFR 29, Part 1926 and all

subsequent amendments) as promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor on June 24, 1974 and

CFR 29, Part 1910, General Industry Safety and Health Regulations Identified as Applicable to

Construction.

13.02 The Successful Bidder shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations

for Construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL-91-596)

and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL-91-54).

13.03 The Successful Bidder shall have a competent person or persons, as required under the

Occupational Safety and Health Act on the Site to inspect the Work and to supervise the

conformance of the Work with the regulations of the Act.

ARTICLE 14 – INSURANCE

14.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth the

Owner’s requirements as to the Bidder’s insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the

executed Agreement to the Owner, it shall be accompanied by the requisite certificates of

insurance.

ARTICLE 15 – SALES AND USE TAX

15.01 The materials and supplies to be used in the Work of this Contract are exempt from the Sales and

Use Tax of the State of Illinois. Contractor shall obtain the proper certificates, maintain the

necessary records, pay tax on small tools and rentals and otherwise comply with the requirements

of the State of Illinois.

ARTICLE 16 – ACCESS TO THE WORK





16.01 Representatives of the IEPA (Illinois Environmental Protection Agency), the Owner, and any

local agencies having a direct interest in the Work shall have access to the Work wherever it is in

preparation or progress and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and

inspection.

ARTICLE 17 – CHANGE ORDERS

17.01 Change orders will be processed using the Change Order Form which is included as Section

00662.

ARTICLE 18 - GUARANTEE

18.01 Contractor guarantees that the Work and Services to be performed under the Contract, and all

workmanship, materials and equipment performed, furnished, used or installed in the construction of the

same shall be free from defects and flaws, and shall be performed and furnished in strict accordance with

the Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents, that the strength of all parts of all

manufactured equipment shall be adequate and as specified and that the performance test requirements of

the Contract shall be fulfilled. This guarantee shall be for a period of one year from and after the date of

completion and acceptance of the Work.

18.02 If at any time within the said period of guarantee any part of the Work requires repairing,

correction or replacement, the Owner may notify the Contractor in writing to make the required repairs,

corrections or replacements. If the Contractor neglects to commence making such repairs, corrections or

replacements to the satisfaction of the Owner within seven days from the date of receipt of such notice, or

having commenced fails to prosecute such Work with diligence, the Owner may employ other persons to

make said repairs, corrections or replacements, and charge the costs, including compensation for

additional professional services, to the Contractor.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Bid Form


SECTION 00400

BID FORM

PROJECT IDENTIFICATION:


THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO:

President and Board of Trustees of Village of Oak Lawn, Municipal Center, 9446 S. Raymond Avenue,

Oak Lawn, Illinois 60453

1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter an Agreement with the

Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated

in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in

accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.

2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Notification to Bidders and Instructions to

Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. The Bid

will remain subject to acceptance for 60 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period that

Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of the Owner.

3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that:

A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data

identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda and Clarification Memoranda,

receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged.

No. Date

_____________ _____________

_____________ _____________

_____________ _____________

_____________ _____________

B. Bidder has visited the Sites and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and

Site-specific conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Bidder

shall pay attention to easement access and associated impacts to residents that must be

accounted for in the bid costs.

C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations

that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work.

D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing

surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities)

which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of

the General Conditions, and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition,

if any, as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions.

BID SUBMITTED BY:

[BIDDER’S COMPANY]





E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all

additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, inspections, explorations, tests,

studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or

contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which

relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures to be

employed by Bidder, including applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences,

and procedures expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and

safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

F. Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests,

studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at

the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of

the Bidding Documents.

G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by the Owner, Engineer, and

others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents.

H. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained

from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all

additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding

Documents.

I. Bidder has given the Owner and Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or

discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution

thereof by the Owner and Engineer is acceptable to Bidder.

J. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all

terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted.

4.01 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any

undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of

any group, association, organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or

solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any

individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for

itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over the Owner.

5.01 Base Bid:

SCHEUDLE OF PRICES FOR BASE BID

The Bidder shall fill in each of the following empty cells in the table below in numbers for a responsive bid:





ITEM

NO. ITEM

EST.

QTY. UNITS

UNIT

PRICE

TOTAL

PRICE

1 Mobilization / Demobilization 1 Lump

Sum $ $

2 6-inch 88th Place Water Main Lining 1,120 Linear

Feet $ $

3 Permanent Pavement 1 Lump

Sum $ $

4 Temporary Pavement 1 Lump

Sum $ $

5 Parkway Restoration 1 Lump

Sum $ $

6 Curb and Gutter and Sidewalk 1 Lump

Sum $ $

7 Erosion Control and Protection 1 Lump

Sum $ $

8 Concrete, Asphalt, Granular Material, and

Topsoil Field and Laboratory Testing 1

Lump

Sum $ $

9 Traffic Control and Protection 1 Lump

Sum $ $

10 Allowance – Work as Directed by the Engineer 1 Lump

Sum $15,000 $15,000

BASE BID TOTAL (SUM OF ITEMS 1 - 10) $

BASE BID TOTAL IN WORDS:

5.02 Alternate Bid:

SCHEUDLE OF PRICES FOR ALTERNATE BID

The Bidder shall fill in each of the following empty cells in the table below in numbers for a responsive bid:

ITEM

NO. ITEM

EST.

QTY. UNITS

UNIT

PRICE

TOTAL

PRICE

A-1 Mobilization/Demobilization 1 Lump

Sum $ $

A-2 6-inch Parke Place Water Main Lining 875 LF $ $





ITEM

NO. ITEM

EST.

QTY. UNITS

UNIT

PRICE

TOTAL

PRICE

A-3 6-inch Gate Valve and Valve Vault 1 EA $ $

A-4 Permanent Pavement 1 Lump

Sum $ $

A-5 Temporary Pavement 1 Lump

Sum $ $

A-6 Parkway Restoration 1 LS $ $

A-7 Curb and Gutter and Sidewalk 1 Lump

Sum $ $

A-8 Erosion Control and Protection 1 Lump

Sum $ $

A-9 Concrete, Asphalt, Granular Material, and

Topsoil Field and Laboratory Testing 1

Lump

Sum $ $

A-10 Traffic Control and Protection 1 LS $ $

BID ALTERNATE 1 TOTAL (SUM OF ITEMS A-1 to A-10) $

BASE BID + BID ALTERNATE 1 TOTAL $

C. Bid costs shall be evaluated as the sum of the base bid items (Items 1 – 10).

D. Unit Prices: Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraphs 11.01 and 11.03 of

the GENERAL CONDITIONS and measured according to the requirements specified in

Section 01025, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated

quantities are not guaranteed, and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids, and final

payment for all Unit Price Bid items will be based on actual quantities authorized by the

OWNER, reviewed and approved by the ENGINEER and determined as provided in the

Contract Documents.

E Unit Prices for Additional Scope: The OWNER may choose to add scope to the project in

excess of the quantities listed in the Work Quantities table and Appendix A. The Bidder

acknowledges that the unit costs presented in the Schedule of Prices for Base Bid and Schedule

of Prices for Alternate Bid (if alternate bid is accepted) will be valid for work authorized

through December 31, 2017 for scope that is authorized by the Owner.

F. Acceptable Work: Bidder acknowledges that payment will be made only for cleaning,

inspection and rehabilitation work completed and passing acceptance tests in the DIVISION 2

specifications.

6.01 The Bidder shall complete the following list indicating who will complete the Work. Note the water

main lining contractor shall oversee, be responsible for and coordinate with CCTV inspections. If





this information is unclear or contractor qualifications are unknown at the time of bid evaluation,

OWNER reserves the right to ask additional questions to clarify.

a. Water Main Lining

CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________________________

a. Temporary Water Service

CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________________________

a. Parkway and Pavement Restoration

CONTRACTOR: ____________________________________________________

7.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and ready for final payment in

accordance with paragraph 14.07.B of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the

number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement.

8.01 Bidder agrees that no additional mobilization or site access payments will be made beyond the lump

sum mobilization / demobilization costs listed in this bid form.

9.01 Bidder must include the following documents with the Bid:

A. This Bid Form, completed.

B. Bid Bond (Section 00410).

C. Certification of water main lining contractor’s experience in accordance with Section

02766.

10.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the Instructions

to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.

SUBMITTED on , 2017.

If Bidder is:

An Individual

Name (typed or printed):

By:

(Individual’s signature)

Doing business as:

Business address:

Phone No.: FAX No.:





A Partnership

Partnership Name:

By:

(Signature of general partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign)


Title:

Business address:

Phone No.: FAX No.:

A Corporation

Corporation Name:

State of Incorporation:

Type (General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability): ____________________

By:

(Signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign)


Title: (CORPORATE SEAL)

Attest

(Signature of Corporate Secretary)

Business address:

Phone No.: FAX No.:

A Joint Venture

Joint Venturer Name:

By:

(Signature of joint venture partner -- attach evidence of authority to sign)


Title:

Business address:

Phone No.: FAX No.:

Joint Venturer Name:





By:

(Signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign)


Title:

Business address:

Phone No.: FAX No.:

Phone and FAX Number, and Address for receipt of official communications:

Joint Venture Address:

Phone No.: FAX No.:

(Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and

corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.)

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Bid Bond


SECTION 00410

BID BOND

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, _______________________

________________________________________________________________ as Principal, and

______________________________________________________as Surety, are hereby held and firmly

bound unto ____________________________________________as OWNER in the penal sum of

___________________________________________ for the payment of which, well and truly to be

made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors and assigns.

Signed, this __________ day of __________________________, 20 _________.

The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to

______________________________________________________ a certain BID, attached hereto and

hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the

NOW, THEREFORE,

(a) If said BID shall be rejected, or

(b) If said BID shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form

of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said BID) and shall furnish

a BOND for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons

performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects

perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said BID, then this obligation shall be void,

otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed

that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the

penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its

BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may

accept such bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Bid Bond


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such

of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be

signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above.

______________________________________ (L.S.)

Principal

_________________________________________

Surety

By: _______________________________________

IMPORTANT-Surety companies executing BONDS must appear on the Treasury Department’s most

current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the state where the project

is located.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Agreement


SECTION 00500

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the _________ day of _______________ in the year 20__ by and

between the Village of Oak Lawn hereinafter called Owner and __________________________________

with legal address and principal place of business at _________________________________________

__________________________________________ hereinafter called Contractor. Owner and Contractor

in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1. WORK.

1.1 Contractor shall perform the Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER.

2.1 The Project has been designed by CDM Smith Inc. (125 South Wacker Drive, Suite 700, Chicago, IL

60606) who will act as Engineer in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the

Contract Documents.

2.2 CDM Smith Inc. has been selected by Owner to act as Engineer in connection with completion of the

Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIME.

3.1 The Contract Time for substantial completion shall be 80 Calendar Days commencing seven calendar

days following the Effective Date of the Agreement. The Contract Time for final completion shall be 100

Calendar Days commencing seven calendar days following the Effective Date of the Agreement.

3.2 Contractor agrees that the Work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently and uninterruptedly and at

such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the Contract Time stated above. It is

expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and Owner that the Contract Time is

reasonable for the completion of the Work, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual

industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.

ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE.

4.1 Owner will pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents

in current funds at the Bid Price agreed upon in the Contractor's Bid Form attached to this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

5.1 Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the Conditions of

the Contract (Section 00700 and Section 00800) and Section 01026 of the Specifications. Applications for

Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.





ARTICLE 6. PROGRESS AND FINAL PAYMENTS

6.1 Owner will make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's

Applications for Payment as recommended by Engineer, monthly during construction as provided below.

All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the Schedule of

Values provided for in Paragraph 14.01 of the Conditions of the Contract and Section 01370 of the

Specifications.

6.2 Progress payments will be in an amount equal to 90 percent of the value of the Work completed and

90 percent of the value of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably

stored, less, in each case, the aggregate of payments previously made up until 50 percent of the Work has

been completed.

6.3 From 50 percent completion until Final Completion is achieved, the Owner may pay 100 percent of

the progress payments requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, less retainages as

Engineer shall determine, in accordance with Paragraph 14.02 of the Conditions of the Contract.

6.4 Upon final inspection and acceptance of the Work, in accordance with Paragraph 14.07 of the

Conditions of the Contract, Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by

Engineer.

ARTICLE 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

7.1 Owner and Contractor recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Owner will

suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the Contract Time specified in Article 3 above,

plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the Conditions of the Contract. They

also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving, in a legal or arbitration proceeding,

the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring

any such proof Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty)

Contractor shall pay Owner in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

7.2 Provided, that Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the

delay in completion of the Work is for reasons included in Paragraph 12.03 of the Conditions of the

Contract.

7.3 Provided, further, that Contractor shall furnish Owner the required notification of such delays in

accordance with Paragraph 12.02 of the Conditions of the Contract.

7.4 The Contractor agrees to pay the Owner liquidated damages in the amount of $1,000 per day for each

Calendar Day beyond the date established for substantial completion, and $500 per day for each Calendar

Day beyond the date established for final completion. This amount represents a reasonable estimate of

Owner’s expenses for extended delays and for inspection, engineering services, and administrative costs

associated with such delay.

ARTICLE 8. ASSURANCE

8.1 Contractor has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work,

locality, and with all local conditions and Federal, State and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations

that in any manner may affect cost, progress or performance of the Work.





8.2 Contractor has studied carefully all reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical

conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which were relied

upon by Engineer in the preparation of the Drawings and Specifications and which have been identified in

Article 4 of the Supplementary Conditions.

8.3 Contractor has made or caused to be made examinations, investigations and tests and studies of such

reports and related data (in addition to those referred to in the above paragraph) as Contractor deems

necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price within the Contract Time and in

accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents; and no additional

examinations, investigations, tests, reports or similar data are or will be required for such purposes.

8.4 Contractor has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests,

reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.

8.5 Contractor has given Engineer written notice of any conflict, error or discrepancy that Contractor has

discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to

Contractor.

8.6 Contractor agrees that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and

convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the Work.

ARTICLE 9. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

9.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the Contract between Owner and Contractor are attached

hereto and made a part hereof and consist of the following:

9.1.1 Invitation To Bid.

9.1.2 Instructions To Bidders.

9.1.3 Bid Form.

9.1.4 This Agreement.

9.1.5 Performance Bond, EJCDC Document C-610, 2010 edition, Payment Bond, EJCDC Document

C-615, 2010 edition, and other required Bonds.

9.1.6 Notice of Intent to Award.

9.1.6 Notice of Award.

9.1.7 Notice to Proceed.

9.1.8 Conditions of the Contract Consist of the Following:

a. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, EJCDC Document No. C-700,

2007 edition.

b. Supplementary Conditions Parts I and II.





9.1.9 Specifications (Divisions 1 to 2, inclusive, as listed in Table of Contents).

9.1.10 Drawings (as included in Appendix A and Appendix B).

9.1.11 Addenda numbers _________ to _________, inclusive.

9.1.12 Any modification, including Change Orders, duly delivered after execution of Agreement.

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the Conditions of the Contract shall

have the meanings assigned in the Conditions of the Contract.

10.2 Neither Owner nor Contractor shall, without the prior written consent of the other, assign or sublet in

whole or in part any interest under any of the Contract Documents; and, specifically but without limitation,

Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due without the prior written consent of Owner.

In case Contractor assigns all or any part of any monies due or to become due under this Contract, the

instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of

the assignee in and to any monies due or to become due to Contractor shall be subject to prior claims of all

persons, firms and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the

Work called for in this Contract.

10.3 Owner and Contractor each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives

in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.

10.4 The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between Owner and Contractor and may

only be altered, amended or repealed by a Modification.

10.5 The Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the

performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR Part 33 in

the award and administration of contracts awarded under EPA financial assistance agreements. Failure by

the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract which may result in the

termination of this Contract or other legally available remedies.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement in sextuple. Four copies each

have been delivered to Owner and one copy each to Contractor and Engineer. All portions of the Contract

Documents have been signed or identified by Owner and Contractor or by Engineer on their behalf.





This Agreement shall become effective on ____________________, 20__.

Contractor Owner

___________________________________ ___________________________________

BY BY

___________________________________ ___________________________________

(CORPORATE SEAL) (CORPORATE SEAL)

Attest Attest

___________________________________ ___________________________________

Address for giving notices Address for giving notices

___________________________________ ___________________________________

___________________________________ ___________________________________

Note: If Contractor is a corporation, an affidavit giving the principal the right to sign the Agreement must

accompany the executed Agreement.

EJCDC C-610 – Performance Bond

Published December 2010 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee.

00610- Page 1

PERFORMANCE BOND

CONTRACTOR (name and address):

SURETY (name and address of principal place of business):

OWNER (name and address):

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Effective Date of the Agreement:

Amount:

Description (name and location):

BOND

Bond Number:

Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract):

Amount:

Modifications to this Bond Form: None See Paragraph 16

Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause

this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative.

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY

(seal) (seal)

Contractor’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal

By: By:

Signature Signature (attach power of attorney)

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Attest: Attest:

Signature Signature

Title Title

Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to

Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.



00610- Page 2

1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind

themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and

assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract,

which is incorporated herein by reference.

2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety

and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except

when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in

Paragraph 3.

3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the

Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after:

3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and

the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor

Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is

requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and Surety

to discuss the Contractor’s performance. If the Owner does not

request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business

days after receipt of the Owner’s notice, request such a

conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner

shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference

requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held within ten (10)

business days of the Surety’s receipt of the Owner’s notice. If the

Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall

be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction

Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner’s

right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default;

3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates

the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and

3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the

Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction

Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the

Construction Contract.

4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice

requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply

with a condition precedent to the Surety’s obligations, or release the

Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety

demonstrates actual prejudice.

5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the

Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take one of the

following actions:

5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the

Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract;

5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction

Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors;

5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified

contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for

performance and completion of the Construction Contract,

arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner

and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, to be

secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a

qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the

Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of

damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of

the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the

Contractor Default; or

5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for

completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable

promptness under the circumstances:

5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for

which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as

practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to

the Owner; or

5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the

Owner, citing the reasons for denial.

6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with

reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on

this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from

the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its

obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce

any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided

in Paragraph 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has

denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner

shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.

7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, then

the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than

those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the

responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than

those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the

commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price,

the Surety is obligated, without duplication for:

7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of

defective work and completion of the Construction Contract;

7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs

resulting from the Contractor’s Default, and resulting from the

actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5; and

7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are

specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by

delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor.

8. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the

Surety’s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond.

9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for

obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction

Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or

set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of

action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the

Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including

changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related

subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations.

11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be

instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in

which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted

within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within



00610- Page 3

two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years

after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this

Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are

void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations

available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be

applicable.

12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed

or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature

appears.

13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or

other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to

be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said

statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and

provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement

shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is

that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a

common law bond.

14. Definitions

14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable

by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract

after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance

for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by

the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages

to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and

proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the

Construction Contract.

14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the

Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all

Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the

Contract Documents.

14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has

not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply

with a material term of the Construction Contract.

14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not

been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under

the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply

with the other material terms of the Construction Contract.

14.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise

the agreement between the Owner and Contractor.

15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and

subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be

Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.

16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows:



00610- Page 4


EJCDC C-615, Payment Bond


(00615) - Page 1

PAYMENT BOND

CONTRACTOR (name and address):

SURETY (name and address of principal place of business):

OWNER (name and address):

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Effective Date of the Agreement:

Amount:

Description (name and location):

BOND

Bond Number:

Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract):

Amount:

Modifications to this Bond Form: None See Paragraph 18

Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause

this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative.

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY

(seal) (seal)

Contractor’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal

By: By:

Signature Signature (attach power of attorney)

Print Name Print Name

Title Title

Attest: Attest:

Signature Signature

Title Title

Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference

to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.



(00615) - Page 2

1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind

themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,

successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor,

materials, and equipment furnished for use in the

performance of the Construction Contract, which is

incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following

terms.

2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due

to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless

the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any

person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or

equipment furnished for use in the performance of the

Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor

shall have no obligation under this Bond.

3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction

Contract, the Surety’s obligation to the Owner under this

Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the

Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in

Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against the

Owner or the Owner’s property by any person or entity

seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment

furnished for use in the performance of the Construction

Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands,

liens, or suits to the Contractor and the Surety.

4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph

3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense

defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a

duly tendered claim, demand, lien, or suit.

5. The Surety’s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond

shall arise after the following:

5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with

the Contractor,

5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non-

payment to the Contractor, stating with

substantial accuracy the amount claimed

and the name of the party to whom the

materials were, or equipment was,

furnished or supplied or for whom the

labor was done or performed, within ninety

(90) days after having last performed labor

or last furnished materials or equipment

included in the Claim; and

5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the

address described in Paragraph 13).

5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct

contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to

the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph

13).

6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is

given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to

satisfy a Claimant’s obligation to furnish a written notice of

non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1.

7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph

5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall

promptly and at the Surety’s expense take the following

actions:

7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the

Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the

Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and

the basis for challenging any amounts that are

disputed; and

7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed

amounts.

7.3 The Surety’s failure to discharge its obligations

under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to

constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or

Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim,

except as to undisputed amounts for which the

Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If,

however, the Surety fails to discharge its

obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety

shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable

attorney’s fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to

recover any sums found to be due and owing to the

Claimant.

8. The Surety’s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of

this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney’s fees

provided under Paragraph 7.3, and the amount of this Bond

shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by

the Surety.

9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the

Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of

the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any,

under any construction performance bond. By the

Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond,

they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the

performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to

satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this

Bond, subject to the Owner’s priority to use the funds for

the completion of the work.

10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or

others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to

the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable

for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant

under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no

obligation to make payments to or give notice on behalf of

Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants

under this Bond.

11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including

changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related

subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations.

12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under

this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in

the state in which the project that is the subject of the

Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of

one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a

Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or



(00615) - Page 3

(2) on which the last labor or service was performed by

anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished

by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of

(1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph

are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of

limitation available to sureties as a defense in the

jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.

13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the

Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address

shown on the page on which their signature appears.

Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished,

shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received.

14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a

statutory or other legal requirement in the location where

the construction was to be performed, any provision in this

Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement

shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions

conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement

shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished,

the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory

bond and not as a common law bond.

15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a

potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and

Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall

permit a copy to be made.

16. Definitions

16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant

including at a minimum:

1. The name of the Claimant;

2. The name of the person for whom the labor

was done, or materials or equipment furnished;

3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order

pursuant to which labor, materials, or

equipment was furnished for use in the

performance of the Construction Contract;

4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or

equipment furnished;

5. The date on which the Claimant last performed

labor or last furnished materials or equipment

for use in the performance of the Construction

Contract;

6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for

labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of

the date of the Claim;

7. The total amount of previous payments

received by the Claimant; and

8. The total amount due and unpaid to the

Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment

furnished as of the date of the Claim.

16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct

contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor

of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or

equipment for use in the performance of the

Construction Contract. The term Claimant also

includes any individual or entity that has rightfully

asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic’s

lien or similar statute against the real property upon

which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond

shall be to include without limitation in the terms of

“labor, materials, or equipment” that part of the

water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline,

telephone service, or rental equipment used in the

Construction Contract, architectural and

engineering services required for performance of

the work of the Contractor and the Contractor’s

subcontractors, and all other items for which a

mechanic’s lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction

where the labor, materials, or equipment were

furnished.

16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between

the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover

page, including all Contract Documents and all

changes made to the agreement and the Contract

Documents.

16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has

not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor

as required under the Construction Contract or to

perform and complete or comply with the other

material terms of the Construction Contract.

16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that

comprise the agreement between the Owner and

Contractor.

17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a

contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this

Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term

Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor.

18. Modifications to this Bond are as follows:



(00615) - Page 4




Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Notice of Award


SECTION 00660

NOTICE OF AWARD

To: ____________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

PROJECT Description:

The Owner has considered the Bid submitted by you for the above described Work in response to its

Notice to Bidders dated ______________________________,20 ______ and Instructions to Bidders.

You are hereby notified that your Bid has been accepted for items in the amount of $____________.

You are required by the Instructions to Bidders to execute the Agreement and furnish the required

Contractor’s Performance Bond, Payment Bond and certificates of insurance within ten (10) calendar

days from the date of this Notice to you.

If you fail to execute said Agreement and to furnish said Bonds within ten (10) calendar days from

the date of this Notice, said Owner will be entitled to consider all your rights arising out of the Owner’s

acceptance of your Bid as abandoned and as a forfeiture of your Bid Bond. The Owner will be entitled to

such other rights as may be granted by law.

You are required to return an acknowledged copy of this Notice of Award to the Owner.

Dated this _________________________ day of ______________________, 20 _________.

(Owner)

By

Title



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Notice of Award


ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE

Receipt of the above NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged,

by _____________________________________________________________________________,

this the ________________________________day of _______________________, 20 _______.

By ___________________________________________

Title _________________________________________



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Notice to Proceed


SECTION 00661

NOTICE TO PROCEED

To:_____________________________________ Date: _______________________________

________________________________________ Project: _____________________________

________________________________________ ____________________________________

________________________________________ ____________________________________

________________________________________ ____________________________________

You are hereby notified to commence Work in accordance with the Agreement dated ______

__________, 20 ________, on or before ______________________, 20 _______, and you are to

complete the Work within _________________ consecutive calendar days thereafter.

The date of completion of all Work is therefore ______________________, 20 _____________.

(Owner)

By

Title



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Notice to Proceed


ACCEPTANCE OF NOTICE

Receipt of the above NOTICE TO PROCEED

is hereby acknowledged by ,

this the _____________________day of ____________________________, 20 _____.

By _________________________________

Title ________________________________



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Change Order


SECTION 00662

CHANGE ORDER

CHANGE ORDER

No. x

Project POTABLE WATER DISTRIBTUION MAIN LINING

Date of Issuance: Effective Date:

OWNER: Village of Oak Lawn

OWNER’s Contract No.: ENGINEER Project No.: 67038-219793

CONTRACTOR:

ENGINEER: CDM Smith Inc.

You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents:

Description:

Reason for Change Order:

Attachments:

CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE

Original Contract Price

$ X

CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIME Original Contract Times

Ready for final payment: XX XX, 20XX

Net changes from previous Change Orders No.____ to No._____

$ -0-

Net change from previous Change Orders No.____ to No._____

-0- days

Contract Price prior to this Change Order

$ X

Contract Time prior to this Change Order

Ready for final payment: XX XX, 20XX

Net Increase (decrease) in this Change Order

$ _____________

Net Increase (Decrease) in this Change Order

-0- Days

Contract Price with all approved Change Orders

$ ____________

Contract Time with all approved Change Orders

Ready for final payment: XX, XX 20XX

RECOMMENDED BY APPROVED BY: ACCEPTED BY:

Engineer (Authorized Signature) Owner (Authorized Signature) Contractor (Authorized Signature)

Date: Date: Date:

EJCDC No. 1910-8-B (1990 Edition)

Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Change Order



This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the controlling Laws and Regulations.

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

Prepared by

ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE

and

Issued and Published Jointly by

EJCDC C-700 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.

00700-1

AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES ______________________

ASSOCIATED GENERAL CONTRACTORS OF AMERICA

______________________

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS _______________________

PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE

A Practice Division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS

Endorsed by

CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE

These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (EJCDC C-520 or C-525, 2007 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the Narrative Guide to the EJCDC Construction Documents (EJCDC C-001, 2007 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (EJCDC C-800, 2007 Edition).


00700-2

Copyright © 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers

1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.org

American Council of Engineering Companies

1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.org

American Society of Civil Engineers

1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org

Associated General Contractors of America

2300 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22201-3308 (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org

The copyright for this EJCDC document is owned jointly by the four EJCDC sponsoring organizations and held in trust for their benefit by NSPE.

http://www.nspe.org/

http://www.acec.org/

http://www.asce.org/

http://www.agc.org/


00700-3

STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology............................................................................................................................................. 6 1.01 Defined Terms............................................................................................................................................................. 6 1.02 Terminology ................................................................................................................................................................ 9

Article 2 – Preliminary Matters............................................................................................................................................................ 9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................................................................... 9 2.02 Copies of Documents ................................................................................................................................................ 10 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ........................................................................................... 10 2.04 Starting the Work ...................................................................................................................................................... 10 2.05 Before Starting Construction..................................................................................................................................... 10 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives .............................................................. 10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................................................ 10

Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse............................................................................................................. 11 3.01 Intent .......................................................................................................................................................................... 11 3.02 Reference Standards .................................................................................................................................................. 11 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................................................... 11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ............................................................................................... 12 3.05 Reuse of Documents.................................................................................................................................................. 12 3.06 Electronic Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 12

Article 4 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points12 4.01 Availability of Lands................................................................................................................................................. 12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions......................................................................................................................... 13 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................................................... 13 4.04 Underground Facilities.............................................................................................................................................. 14 4.05 Reference Points........................................................................................................................................................ 15 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ............................................................................................................ 15

Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance ........................................................................................................................................................ 16 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds................................................................................................................. 16 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers.................................................................................................................................. 17 5.03 Certificates of Insurance............................................................................................................................................ 17 5.04 Contractor’s Insurance .............................................................................................................................................. 17 5.05 Owner’s Liability Insurance...................................................................................................................................... 18 5.06 Property Insurance..................................................................................................................................................... 18 5.07 Waiver of Rights ....................................................................................................................................................... 19 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds ....................................................................................................... 20 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ......................................................................................... 20 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer........................................................................................ 20

Article 6 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................................................... 21 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence ............................................................................................................................. 21 6.02 Labor; Working Hours .............................................................................................................................................. 21 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment.......................................................................................................................... 21 6.04 Progress Schedule...................................................................................................................................................... 21 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ..................................................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .................................................................................................. 23


00700-4

6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties.......................................................................................................................................... 24 6.08 Permits ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25 6.09 Laws and Regulations ............................................................................................................................................... 25 6.10 Taxes.......................................................................................................................................................................... 25 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas...................................................................................................................................... 25 6.12 Record Documents .................................................................................................................................................... 26 6.13 Safety and Protection................................................................................................................................................. 26 6.14 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................................................ 27 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs............................................................................................................................ 27 6.16 Emergencies............................................................................................................................................................... 27 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples..................................................................................................................................... 27 6.18 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................................................. 28 6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee ........................................................................................................ 28 6.20 Indemnification.......................................................................................................................................................... 29 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services............................................................................................................. 29

Article 7 – Other Work at the Site ..................................................................................................................................................... 30 7.01 Related Work at Site.................................................................................................................................................. 30 7.02 Coordination .............................................................................................................................................................. 30 7.03 Legal Relationships ................................................................................................................................................... 31

Article 8 – Owner’s Responsibilities ................................................................................................................................................. 31 8.01 Communications to Contractor ................................................................................................................................. 31 8.02 Replacement of Engineer .......................................................................................................................................... 31 8.03 Furnish Data .............................................................................................................................................................. 31 8.04 Pay When Due........................................................................................................................................................... 31 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ................................................................................................................. 31 8.06 Insurance.................................................................................................................................................................... 31 8.07 Change Orders........................................................................................................................................................... 31 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals............................................................................................................................. 31 8.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities.................................................................................................................. 31 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition................................................................................................... 31 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements........................................................................................................................ 31 8.12 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................................................. 31

Article 9 – Engineer’s Status During Construction ........................................................................................................................... 32 9.01 Owner’s Representative ............................................................................................................................................ 32 9.02 Visits to Site............................................................................................................................................................... 32 9.03 Project Representative............................................................................................................................................... 32 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work................................................................................................................................. 32 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work......................................................................................................................................... 32 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments........................................................................................................ 32 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work......................................................................................................................... 33 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................................................... 33 9.09 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities....................................................................................... 33 9.10 Compliance with Safety Program ............................................................................................................................. 34

Article 10 – Changes in the Work; Claims ........................................................................................................................................ 34 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work.............................................................................................................................. 34 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work.......................................................................................................................... 34 10.03 Execution of Change Orders ..................................................................................................................................... 34 10.04 Notification to Surety ................................................................................................................................................ 34 10.05 Claims ........................................................................................................................................................................ 34

Article 11 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................... 35 11.01 Cost of the Work ....................................................................................................................................................... 35


00700-5

11.02 Allowances ................................................................................................................................................................ 37 11.03 Unit Price Work......................................................................................................................................................... 37

Article 12 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Times.................................................................................................. 38 12.01 Change of Contract Price .......................................................................................................................................... 38 12.02 Change of Contract Times......................................................................................................................................... 39 12.03 Delays ........................................................................................................................................................................ 39

Article 13 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ......................................................... 39 13.01 Notice of Defects....................................................................................................................................................... 39 13.02 Access to Work ......................................................................................................................................................... 39 13.03 Tests and Inspections................................................................................................................................................. 40 13.04 Uncovering Work...................................................................................................................................................... 40 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work ....................................................................................................................................... 40 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work............................................................................................................... 41 13.07 Correction Period....................................................................................................................................................... 41 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................................................. 41 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work........................................................................................................................ 42

Article 14 – Payments to Contractor and Completion....................................................................................................................... 42 14.01 Schedule of Values.................................................................................................................................................... 42 14.02 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................................................... 42 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title.................................................................................................................................. 44 14.04 Substantial Completion ............................................................................................................................................. 44 14.05 Partial Utilization....................................................................................................................................................... 45 14.06 Final Inspection ......................................................................................................................................................... 45 14.07 Final Payment ............................................................................................................................................................ 46 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ........................................................................................................................................ 46 14.09 Waiver of Claims....................................................................................................................................................... 47

Article 15 – Suspension of Work and Termination........................................................................................................................... 47 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work....................................................................................................................................... 47 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause.............................................................................................................................. 47 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................................................. 48 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate................................................................................................................. 48

Article 16 – Dispute Resolution......................................................................................................................................................... 48 16.01 Methods and Procedures ........................................................................................................................................... 48

Article 17 – Miscellaneous................................................................................................................................................................. 49 17.01 Giving Notice ............................................................................................................................................................ 49 17.02 Computation of Times............................................................................................................................................... 49 17.03 Cumulative Remedies................................................................................................................................................ 49 17.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................................................. 49 17.05 Controlling Law......................................................................................................................................................... 49 17.06 Headings .................................................................................................................................................................... 49


00700-6

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

1.01 Defined Terms

A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.

1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.

2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work.

3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.

4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

5. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed.

6. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner.

7. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda).

8. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements.

9. Change Order—A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement.

10. Claim—A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim.

11. Contract—The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract super-sedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral.

12. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.

13. Contract Price—The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).

14. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any; (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment.

15. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement.

16. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 for definition.

17. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be


00700-7

performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined.

18. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.

19. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement.

20. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.

21. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications.

22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto.

23. Hazardous Waste—The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time.

24. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction.

25. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property.

26. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work.

27. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed

therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement.

28. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents.

29. Owner—The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed.

30. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.

31. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.

32. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times.

33. Project—The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part.

34. Project Manual—The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of contents.

35. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.

36. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof.

37. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work


00700-8

and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged.

38. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities.

39. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

40. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

41. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor.

42. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto.

43. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.

44. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.

45. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award.

46. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions.

47. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.

48. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.

49. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.

50. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.

51. Work Change Directive—A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its


00700-9

effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times.

1.02 Terminology

A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through F are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.

B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:

1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents.

C. Day:

1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.

D. Defective:

1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it:

a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or

b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard,

test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or

c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).

E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:

1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition.

2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.

3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use.

4. When “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide” is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, “provide” is implied.

F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu-ments, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning.

ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS

2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance

A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish.

B. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor and Owner shall each deliver to the other, with copies to each additional


00700-10

insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor and Owner respectively are required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5.

2.02 Copies of Documents

A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.

2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed

A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agree-ment or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is earlier.

2.04 Starting the Work

A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run.

2.05 Before Starting Construction

A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review:

1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;

2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and

3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient

detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work.

2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives

A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.05.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records.

B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit instructions, receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party.

2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules

A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.05.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer.

1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor.

2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a


00700-11

workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals.

3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work.

ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE

3.01 Intent

A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all.

B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner.

C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9.

3.02 Reference Standards

A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations

1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.

2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or

employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.

3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies

A. Reporting Discrepancies:

1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby.

2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04.

3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof.

B. Resolving Discrepancies:


00700-12

1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and:

a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or

b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation).

3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents

A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive.

B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways:

1. A Field Order;

2. Engineer’s approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or

3. Engineer’s written interpretation or clarification.

3.05 Reuse of Documents

A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not:

1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or

2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on

extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer.

B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes.

3.06 Electronic Data

A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern.

B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party.

C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator.

ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS

4.01 Availability of Lands

A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to


00700-13

use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner’s furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.

4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions

A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:

1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and

2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities).

B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:

1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of

the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or

3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.

4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions

A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either:

1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or

2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or

3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or

4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents;

then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.

B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer’s findings and conclusions.


00700-14

C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments:

1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following:

a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and

b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03.

2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if:

a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or

b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such final commitment; or

c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A.

3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, neither Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or

arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.

4.04 Underground Facilities

A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions:

1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and

2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for:

a. reviewing and checking all such information and data;

b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;

c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction; and

d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work.

B. Not Shown or Indicated:

1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the


00700-15

extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility.

2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

4.05 Reference Points

A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel.

4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site

A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site.

B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such “technical data,” Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:

1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or

2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or

3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information.

C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible.

D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action,


00700-16

if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 4.06.E.

E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 7.

G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by

Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence.

H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence.

I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.

ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE

5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds

A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents.

B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by


00700-17

an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.

C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.01.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02.

5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers

A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

5.03 Certificates of Insurance

A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain.

B. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Contractor or any other additional insured) which Owner is required to purchase and maintain.

C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of Contractor's full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance.

D. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor.

E. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents.

5.04 Contractor’s Insurance

A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:

1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts;

2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees;

3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees;

4. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained:

a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or

b. by any other person for any other reason;

5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and

6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.


00700-18

B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall:

1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, be written on an occurrence basis, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion regarding professional liability) Owner and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby;

2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater;

3. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor’s indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20;

4. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide);

5. remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and

6. include completed operations coverage:

a. Such insurance shall remain in effect for two years after final payment.

b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a

certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter.

5.05 Owner’s Liability Insurance

A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents.

5.06 Property Insurance

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall:

1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee;

2. be written on a Builder’s Risk “all-risk” policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage (other than that caused by flood), and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions.

3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property


00700-19

(including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects);

4. cover materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by Owner prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer;

5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner;

6. include testing and startup; and

7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 30 days written notice to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued.

B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such equipment breakdown insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as a loss payee.

C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other loss payee to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07.

D. Owner shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance specified in this Paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible

amount will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser’s own expense.

E. If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner.

5.07 Waiver of Rights

A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or loss payees thereunder. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors and Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued.


00700-20

B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for:

1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and

2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07.

C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them.

5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds

A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by Paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the loss payees, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order.

B. Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner’s

exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties.

5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace

A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.01.B. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly.

5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer

A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy.


00700-21

ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

6.01 Supervision and Superintendence

A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents.

B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances.

6.02 Labor; Working Hours

A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site.

B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer.

6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment

A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work.

B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.

C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.

6.04 Progress Schedule

A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.

1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto.

2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order.

6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals”

A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be


00700-22

submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below.

1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if:

a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that:

1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics;

2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and

3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service.

b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:

1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and

2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents.

2. Substitute Items:

a. If in Engineer’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item.

b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor.

c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented by the General Requirements, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances.

d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application:

1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:

a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design,

b) be similar in substance to that specified, and

c) be suited to the same use as that specified;

2) will state:

a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion on time,

b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and


00700-23

c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty;

3) will identify:

a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and

b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and

4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.

B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.

C. Engineer’s Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an approved Shop Drawing for an “or equal.” Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination.

D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute.

E. Engineer’s Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute.

F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “or-equal” at Contractor’s expense.

6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others

A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection.

B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner’s acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement,


00700-24

shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work.

C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents:

1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor

2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.

D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor.

E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor.

F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade.

G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as a loss payee on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and

all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or loss payees (and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same.

6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties

A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights.

C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses,


00700-25

and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents.

6.08 Permits

A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work.

6.09 Laws and Regulations

A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations.

B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03.

C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the

Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

6.10 Taxes

A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work.

6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas

A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:

1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work.

2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law.

3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor’s performance of the Work.


00700-26

B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.

C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.

D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.

6.12 Record Documents

A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner.

6.13 Safety and Protection

A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:

1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;

2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and

3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.

B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property.

C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work.

D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.

E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or


00700-27

entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them).

F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion).

6.14 Safety Representative

A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs.

6.15 Hazard Communication Programs

A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations.

6.16 Emergencies

A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued.

6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples

A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require.

1. Shop Drawings:

a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements.

b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D.

2. Samples:

a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications.

b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D.

B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.

C. Submittal Procedures:

1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have:

a. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents;

b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto;

c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the


00700-28

indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and

d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.

2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review and approval of that submittal.

3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation.

D. Engineer’s Review:

1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.

2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate

approval of the assembly in which the item functions.

3. Engineer’s review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer’s review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1.

E. Resubmittal Procedures:

1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals.

6.18 Continuing the Work

A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.

6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee

A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor’s warranty and guarantee.

B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:

1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other


00700-29

individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or

2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.

C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:

1. observations by Engineer;

2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment;

3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner;

4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner;

5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer;

6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or

7. any correction of defective Work by Owner.

6.20 Indemnification

A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the

Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable .

B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.

C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of:

1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or

2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage.

6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services

A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.

B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or


00700-30

certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer.

C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.

D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1.

E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE

7.01 Related Work at Site

A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner’s employees, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then:

1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and

2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors.

C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work.

7.02 Coordination

A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:

1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified;

2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and

3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.


00700-31

B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination.

7.03 Legal Relationships

A. Paragraphs 7.01.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner.

B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.01.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor’s wrongful actions or inactions.

C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor under direct contract to Owner for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor’s wrongful action or inactions.

ARTICLE 8 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

8.01 Communications to Contractor

A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer.

8.02 Replacement of Engineer

A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer.

8.03 Furnish Data

A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents.

8.04 Pay When Due

A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C.

8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests

A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to

Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site.

8.06 Insurance

A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5.

8.07 Change Orders

A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03.

8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals

A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B.

8.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities

A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition

A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06.

8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements

A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents.

8.12 Compliance with Safety Program

A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D.


00700-32

ARTICLE 9 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION

9.01 Owner’s Representative

A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents.

9.02 Visits to Site

A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work.

B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.

9.03 Project Representative

A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of

any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.

9.04 Authorized Variations in Work

A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

9.05 Rejecting Defective Work

A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.

9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments

A. In connection with Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17.

B. In connection with Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a


00700-33

delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21.

C. In connection with Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.

D. In connection with Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14.

9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work

A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work

A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question.

B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believes that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer’s decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.05.B.

C. Engineer’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show

partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity.

9.09 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities

A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them.

B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work.

D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents.

E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any.


00700-34

9.10 Compliance with Safety Program

A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Engineer has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.D.

ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS

10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work

A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided).

B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work

A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.D.

10.03 Execution of Change Orders

A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering:

1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;

2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and

3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A.

10.04 Notification to Surety

A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change.

10.05 Claims

A. Engineer’s Decision Required: All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims.

B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional


00700-35

or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Times shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant’s written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant’s last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time).

C. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing:

1. deny the Claim in whole or in part;

2. approve the Claim; or

3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.

D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied.

E. Engineer’s written action under Paragraph 10.05.C or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial.

F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05.

ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK

11.01 Cost of the Work

A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and

paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall include only the following items:

1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner.

2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained.

3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from


00700-36

subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01.

4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work.

5. Supplemental costs including the following:

a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.

b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor.

c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.

d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations.

e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.

f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee.

g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.

h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work.

i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain.

B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:

1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for


00700-37

general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee.

2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site.

3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.

4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property.

5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A.

C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C.

D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.

11.02 Allowances

A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by

such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer.

B. Cash Allowances:

1. Contractor agrees that:

a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and

b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.

C. Contingency Allowance:

1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs.

D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted.

11.03 Unit Price Work

A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.

B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07.


00700-38

C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item.

D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if:

1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and

2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and

3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease.

ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES

12.01 Change of Contract Price

A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows:

1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or

2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2); or

3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C).

C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows:

1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or

2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work:

a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent;

b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent;

c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and 12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor;

d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.4, 11.01.A.5, and 11.01.B;

e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and


00700-39

f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e, inclusive.

12.02 Change of Contract Times

A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05.

B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12.

12.03 Delays

A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.

B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times.

C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the

control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C.

D. Owner, Engineer, and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.

E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor.

ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK

13.01 Notice of Defects

A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13.

13.02 Access to Work

A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.


00700-40

13.03 Tests and Inspections

A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.

B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except:

1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below;

2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 13.04.C; and

3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval.

D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer.

E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation.

F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the same and

Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.

13.04 Uncovering Work

A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s expense.

B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment.

C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

D. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

13.05 Owner May Stop the Work

A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop


00700-41

the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them.

13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work

A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).

B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work.

13.07 Correction Period

A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions:

1. repair such defective land or areas; or

2. correct such defective Work; or

3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and

4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.

B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.

C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.

D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.

E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.

13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work

A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to


00700-42

Engineer’s recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner.

13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work

A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency.

B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, take possession of Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph.

C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work;

and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work.

D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09.

ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION

14.01 Schedule of Values

A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.

14.02 Progress Payments

A. Applications for Payments:

1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to


00700-43

protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner.

2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment.

3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement.

B. Review of Applications:

1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application.

2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief:

a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;

b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and

c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work.

3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:

a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or

b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor.

4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer:

a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or

b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or

c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or

d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or

e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens.

5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the


00700-44

representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because:

a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement;

b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;

c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or

d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A.

C. Payment Becomes Due:

1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor.

D. Reduction in Payment:

1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because:

a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work;

b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens;

c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or

d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events

enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A.

2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action.

3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement.

14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title

A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens.

14.04 Substantial Completion

A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.

B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.

C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to


00700-45

make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner’s objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner.

D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer’s issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer’s aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment.

E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the tentative list.

14.05 Partial Utilization

A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions:

1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and

substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 14.04.A through D for that part of the Work.

2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.

3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.

4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance.

14.06 Final Inspection

A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.


00700-46

14.07 Final Payment

A. Application for Payment:

1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments.

2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:

a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.6;

b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment;

c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and

d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work.

3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien.

B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance:

1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment.

C. Payment Becomes Due:

1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and will be paid by Owner to Contractor.

14.08 Final Completion Delayed

A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and


00700-47

accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims.

14.09 Waiver of Claims

A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:

1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and

2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled.

ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION

15.01 Owner May Suspend Work

A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05.

15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause

A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause:

1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established

under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04);

2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;

3. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Engineer; or

4. Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents.

B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor:

1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor’s tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion);

2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere; and

3. complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient.

C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.


00700-48

D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice.

E. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability.

F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.01.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C.

15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience

A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items):

1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work;

2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses;

3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and

4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.

B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.

15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate

A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03.

B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph.

ARTICLE 16 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION

16.01 Methods and Procedures

A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.05.E.


00700-49

B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above.

C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer’s action under Paragraph 10.05.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.05.C.3 or 10.05.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor:

1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or

2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process; or

3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS

17.01 Giving Notice

A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if:

1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or

2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice.

17.02 Computation of Times

A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation.

17.03 Cumulative Remedies

A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies

available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply.

17.04 Survival of Obligations

A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.

17.05 Controlling Law

A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located.

17.06 Headings

A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Supplementary Conditions


SECTION 00800

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

PART 1 – AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS

These Supplementary General Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the

Construction Contract (Section 00700), and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All

provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS

SC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions

Add the following new paragraph(s) immediately after Paragraph 4.02.A.2:

3. In the preparation of the Bidding Documents, the Owner and Engineer relied upon the following

information:

- Village of Oak Lawn water main atlas for identifying water distribution pipe, lengths,

hydrants, and valves. Locations and measurements provided are estimates. If exact values are

pertinent to completing or invoicing the Work, the Contractor shall field verify and provide

hard copy documentation.

- Village of Oak Lawn Bbox location tables. These tables were used to approximate the

location of Bbox (service box) locations. If actual Bbox locations are pertinent to perform the

work, Contractor shall field verify locations and orientation prior to executing Work.

Owner provides no guarantee that historic drawings and records reflect current condition. Contractor shall

field verify all important measurements prior to conducting work.

ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE

SC-5.03 Certificate of Insurance

Add 2 new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.03E of the General Conditions which are to read as follows:

F. The Contractor shall provide evidence of its insurance coverage on the ACORD certificate of

insurance form and shall include the following statement in its entirety in the section of the form

entitled “Description of Operations/Locations/Vehicles/Special Items”.

The Village of Oak Lawn and CDM Smith Inc., and their officers, directors, partners, employees

and other consultants and subcontractors are named as additional insureds with respect to the

insured’s Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability Insurance Policies. All insurers

waive all rights of subrogation against the Village of Oak Lawn and CDM Smith Inc., their

officers, directors, partners, employees and other consultants and subcontractors. All insurance is

primary for all claims covered thereby. Commercial General Liability Insurance includes

contractual liability coverage.

SC-5.04 Contractor’s Insurance

Add the following paragraphs immediately after 5.04B.6.

C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall

provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by law:





1. 5.04A.1. and 5.04A.2. Workers' Compensation

(1) Worker's Compensation Statutory

(2) Employer's Liability $1,000,000

2. 5.04A.3., 5.04A.4., and 5.04A.5. Commercial General Liability including

Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage;

Products/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors;

Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities:

(1) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence

$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate

(2) Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence

$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate

(3) Personal Injury: $1,000,000 Annual Aggregate

3. 5.04A.6. Comprehensive Automobile Liability including all owned (private and others),

hired and non-owned vehicles:

(1) Bodily Injury $1,000,000 Each Person

$1,000,000 Each Accident

(2) Property Damage $1,000,000 Each Occurrence

SC-5.06 Property Insurance

Delete Article 5.06 of the General Conditions in its entirety.

SC-5.07 Waiver of Rights

Delete paragraph 5.07A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following:

A. All insurance policies provided by the Contractor shall contain provisions to the effect that the

insurer waives all rights of subrogation against any of the insured, loss payee, (and the officers,

directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any

of them) the Owner and the Engineer.

SC-5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds

Delete Article 5.08 of the General Conditions in its entirety.

SC-5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace


A. If the Owner has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance

required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with this Article 5 of the

General Conditions on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, the Owner

will notify the Contractor in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such

certificates to the Owner in accordance with paragraph 2.01 of the General Conditions. The

Contractor will provide such additional information in respect of insurance provided by the

Contractor as the Owner may reasonably request.





ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

SC-6.02 Labor; Working Hours

Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.02B. of the General Conditions which are to read

as follows:

A. Regular working hours are defined, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, between the

hours of 7:00 AM and 6:00 PM. Requests to work other than regular working hours shall be

submitted to the Engineer not less than 48 hours prior to any proposed weekend work or scheduled

extended work weeks.

B. This Agreement is subject to the applicable provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety

Standards Act, Public Law 87-581, 87th Congress. No Contractor or Subcontractor contracting for

any part of the Work shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic to be employed on the Work

in excess of forty hours in any work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation

at a rate not less than one and one-half times that person's basic rate of pay for all hours worked in

excess of forty hours in such work week.

C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for additional Engineering and/or inspection costs

incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours stipulated in Article

SC-6.02C. At Owner's option, overtime costs may either be deducted from the Contractor’s

monthly payment request or deducted from the Contractor's retention prior to release of final

payment. Overtime costs for the Owner's personnel shall be based on the individual's current

overtime wage rate. Overtime costs for personnel employed by the Engineer or Owner's

independent testing laboratory shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of their respective

contracts with the Owner.

D. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer one day before changing the submitted weekly schedule

or cancelling work. If the Engineer is dispatched to the site and the Contractor cancels work for

the day without notice, at the Owner’s option, a cost of $150 per day will be deducted from the

Contractor’s retainage to cover the Owner’s cost of having the Engineer.

E. If field work extends beyond the substantial completion date, at the Owner’s option, a cost of $500

per day will be deducted from the Contractor’s retainage. This cost will be collected as a

liquidated damage and will cover Engineering and Public Works staff time. Substantial

completion can be extended by authorization of the Owner per the applicable clauses in the

Contract Documents.

SC-6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment

Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.03C of the General Conditions which are to read

as follows:

D. The Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever Owner shall

notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the Work appears to be negligent, disorderly, or

otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the Project and shall not again be

employed on it except with the consent of Owner.

E. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall, insofar as practicable, give preference in the hiring of

workers for the Project to qualified local residents.

F. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall pay to all laborers and mechanics employed for the

construction covered by this Contract the minimum rates of pay as determined by the current State

of Illinois Prevailing Wage Rates and Secretary of Labor in accordance with the Act of March 3,

1931, as amended, known as the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a through 276a-7). Furthermore,





the Contractor and Subcontractors shall adhere to the stipulations and provisions published by the

Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare in "Labor Standards (Federal Water Pollution Control

Act)." The Wage Rate Schedule as prepared by the Secretary of Labor and the "Labor Standards"

are part of this Contract and are included in PART II of these Supplementary Conditions.

G. Except as may be otherwise required by law, all claims and disputes pertaining to the classification

of labor employed on the project under this Contract shall be decided by the governing body

having jurisdiction.

H. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply with the Regulations of the Secretary of Labor

made pursuant to the Anti-Kickback Act of June 30, 1940 (40 U.S.C. 276c) and all amendments or

modifications thereto. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall furnish the Owner with weekly

Statements of Compliance. In case of Subcontracts, the Contractor shall cause appropriate

provision to be inserted in all subcontracts for the Work which the Contractor may let to ensure

compliance with said Anti-Kickback Act by all Subcontractors subject thereto, and the Contractor

shall be responsible for the submission of all Statements of Compliance required of Subcontractors

by said Anti-Kickback Act except as the Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for

reasonable limitations, variations, and exemptions from the requirements thereof. These

Regulations are part of this Contract and are included in PART II of these Supplementary

Conditions.

SC-6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others

Delete Paragraphs 6.06A., 6.06B. and 6.06C of the General Conditions in their entirety and replace with the

following:

A. The Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractors, Supplier or other person or organization,

(including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment), whether initially

or as a substitute, against whom the Owner may have reasonable objection. Acceptance of any

Subcontractors, other person or organization by the Owner shall not constitute a waiver of any right

of the Owner to reject defective Work. The Contractor shall not be required to employ any

Subcontractors, other person or organization against whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.

B. Not Used.

C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner and Engineer for all acts, damages and

omissions of the Subcontractors, suppliers and other individual or entities performing or furnishing

an of the Work just as the Contractor is responsible for the Contractors own acts and omissions.

Nothing in the Contract Documents:

1. Shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractors, Supplier, or other individual or entity

any contractual relationship between the Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractors,

Supplier or other individual or entity. This clause affirms that the contractual relationship

between a Contractor and Subcontractors / Supplier / individual or entity is solely between the

Contractor and Subcontractors / Supplier / individual or entity.

2. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any obligation on the part of the Owner or

Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due to any such Subcontractors,

Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and

Regulations. The Contractor shall hold the Owner and Engineer harmless for disputes resulting

from the execution of the Contractor and Subcontractors / Supplier / individual or entity’s

contract.





Add the following new sentence at the end of paragraph 6.06E. of the General Conditions to read as follows:

The Owner or Engineer may furnish to any such Subcontractors, Supplier or other person or

organization, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid on their behalf to the Contractor

in accordance with the Contractor's Applications for Payment.

SC-6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties

Delete paragraph 6.07B of the General Conditions in its entirety.

SC-6.10 Taxes

Add the following two sentences at the end of paragraph 6.10A of the General Conditions to read as follows:

The materials and supplies to be used in the Work of this Contract are exempt from the Sales and Use

Tax of the State of Illinois. The Contractor shall obtain the proper certificates, maintain the necessary

records and otherwise comply with the requirements of State of Illinois.

SC-6.16 Emergencies

Delete the last sentence in paragraph 6.16A. of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following:

If the Engineer determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the

responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Document is required because of the

action taken by the Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change

Order will be issued.

SC-6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples

Add the following paragraph immediately after 6.17.E:

F. The Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy in order

to obtain the required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. The Owner shall

record time for reviewing the subsequent submittals and the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner

for such time.

SC-6.19 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee

Add the following paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.19C:

D. The Contractor shall warrant all materials, rehabilitation work and site restoration furnished by

him/her for a period of two years from date of final acceptance of the work by the Owner. This

warranty shall mean prompt attention to the correction and/or complete replacement of the faulty

materials. The expiration of the two-year warranty period shall not affect any other claims or

remedy available to the Owner.

SC-6.20 Indemnification


A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify

and hold harmless the Owner, Engineer and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees,

agents, consultants and Subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,

losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of the Engineers, architects,

attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs)





arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost or

loss or damage:

1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or to injury to or destruction of

tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and

2. is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any

Subcontractors, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed

by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be

liable, regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of an

individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such

indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such

indemnified party unless caused by the sole negligence of a party indemnified hereunder.

If through the acts of neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any

Subcontractors shall suffer loss or damage on the Work, Contractor shall settle with such

other Contractor or Subcontractors by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or

Subcontractors will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractors shall assert any

claim against the Owner and/or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners,

employees, agents, consultants and Subcontractors of each on account of any damage

alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall

indemnify and save harmless Owner, Engineer, and the officers, directors, members,

partners, employees, agents, consultants and Subcontractors of each against any such

claims.

3. If a claim from a resident is made against the Contractor during implementation of work,

the burden of proof to dispute the resident’s claim is on the Contractor. Contractor is

encouraged to take photographic documentation of work to protect the Contractor when

work may impact the public. It shall also be the Contractor’s responsibility to resolve

claims with the public. If claims are not resolved in a timely manner, the Owner reserves

the right to use project retainage to resolve claims.

ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE

SC-7.03 Legal Relationships

Add a new paragraph immediately after 7.03C, which is to read:

D. Should the Contractor cause damage to the Work or property of any other Contractor at the Site, or

should any claim arising out of the Contractor’s performance of the Work at the Site be made by

any other Contractor against the Contractor, Owner, Engineer, or the construction coordinator, the

Contractor shall promptly settle with such other Contractor by agreement, or otherwise resolve the

dispute by arbitration or at law.

E. The Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold

harmless the Owner, Engineer, the construction coordinator and the respective officers, directors,

partners, employees, agents and other consultants and Subcontractors of each and any of them

from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, fees and

charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court and arbitration costs)

arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any

other Contractor against the Owner, Engineer, Engineer’s Consultants, or the construction

coordinator to the extent said claim is based on a or arises out of the Contractor’s performance of

the Work. Should another Contractor cause damage to the Work or property of the Contractor or

should the performance of work by any other Contractor at the Site give rise to any other Claim,

the Contractor shall not institute any action, legal or equitable, against the Owner, Engineer, or the

construction coordinator or permit any action against any of them to be maintained and continues

in its name or for its benefit in any court or before any arbiter which seeks to impose liability on or





to recover damages from the Owner, Engineer, or the construction coordinator on account of any

such damage or Claim.

F. If the Contractor is delayed at any time in performing or furnishing Work by any act or neglect of

another Contractor, and Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent of any

adjustment in Contract Time attributable thereto, the Contractor may make a Claim for an

extension of time in accordance with Article 12. An extension of the Contract Time shall be the

Contractor’s exclusive remedy with respect to the Owner, Engineer, and construction coordinator

for any delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance caused by any other Contractor. This

paragraph does not prevent recovery from the Owner, Engineer, or construction coordinator for

activities that are their respective responsibilities.

ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK

SC-11.01 Cost of the Work

Delete the second sentence in paragraph 11.01A.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the

following:

Such employees shall include at least one foreman or supervisor (unless agreed upon at the pre-

construction meeting).

SC-11.03 Unit Price Work

Delete Paragraph 11.03.D in its entirety and insert the following in its place.

D. The unit price of an item of Unit Price Work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under

the following conditions:

1. The quantity work applicable to the unit price that is to be adjusted exceeds the amount

listed in the bid form by 50%. The adjusted price will only be applicable for the quantity

of work that exceeds amounts in the bid form.

2. If there is no corresponding or related adjustment that covers the added cost; and

3. The Contractor shall conduct site investigation prior to bidding in accordance with

Section 00 21 13, Article 3. There will be no additional cost adjustment granted after the

Notice to Proceed due to access issues, public communication, or logistics associated

with executing the work.

E. If a water distribution main is inspected and the diameter is found to be two inches larger or

smaller than is listed in the summary of work table and/or work maps, this discrepancy shall be

considered an error due to deformation of the pipe or using a non-standard sized asset. In these

instances, the unit cost of cleaning, inspecting, grouting or lining the pipe shall be the size as listed

on the bid form and Appendix A. For example, if a work figure indicates a pipe is 6-in, but the

pipe was measured in the field to be 7-in; the unit cost for the 6-in pipe shall be used. The

difference will be considered deformation of the pipe diameter or measuring error.

F. During work, the Owner reserves the right to request the Contractor provide a quotation for

similar scoped work located outside of the specified project areas. The unit cost basis for this

quote shall be bid form values. If values for this additional work significantly differs from bid

costs, the Contractor shall provide an explanation as to the cost variation.

ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE

WORK





SC-13.05 Owner May Stop the Work

Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 13.05A. of the General Conditions to read as follows:

B. If the Owner stops Work under Paragraph 13.05A., the Contractor shall be entitled to no extension

of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price.

SC-13.07 Correction Period

Delete Paragraph 13.07A in its entirety and insert the following in its place:

A. If within two years after the date of Final Acceptance by the Owner (or such longer period of time

as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract

Documents) or by a specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work (including

rehabilitation and inspection data) is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the

land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by the Owner or permitted by Laws and

Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, the Contractor shall

promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner’s written instructions:

1. repair such defective site, land or areas; or

2. correct such defective Work; or

3. correct incorrect inspection data and data not in conformance with these specifications; or

4. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace

it with Work that is not defective, and

5. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the

work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.

6. Defective inspection work may also be work with inaccurate / incorrect footage

measurements identifying defects. The Contractor shall correct inaccurate inspection

documentation if found.

Delete paragraph 13.07C and insert the following in its place:

C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service

before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from

an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications.

ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO Contractor AND COMPLETION

SC-14.02 Progress Payments

Change “20 days” in the first sentence of paragraph 14.02.A.1 to “10 days”.

Change “10 days” in paragraph 14.02.C.1 to “30 days”.

ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION

SC-15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause

Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 15.02A.4. of the General Conditions which is to read

as follows:

5. If the Contractor abandons the Work, or sublets this Contract or any part thereof, without the

previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder shall be assigned

by the Contractor otherwise than as herein specified.

ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION





SC-16.01 Methods and Procedures

Delete the paragraph 16.01A of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following:

Either the Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to the Engineer for

a decision under Paragraph 10.05 when such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation

will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration

Association in effect as of the Effective Date of this Agreement. The request for mediation shall

be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the

Contract.

Add a new sentence at the end of paragraph 16.01C.3 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows:

D. The Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during the dispute

resolution proceedings, unless otherwise agreed by the Contractor and Owner in writing.

ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS

Add the following new paragraphs immediately after 17.06:

SC-17.07 Addresses

A. Both the address given in the Bid Form upon which this Agreement is founded, and Contractor's

office at or near the site of the Work are hereby designated as places to either of which notices,

letters, and other communications to the Contractor shall be certified, mailed, or delivered. The

delivering at the above-named place, or depositing in a postpaid wrapper directed to the

first-named place, in any post office box regularly maintained by the post office department, of

any notice, letter or other communication to the Contractor shall be deemed sufficient service

thereof upon the Contractor; and the date of said service shall be the date of such delivery or

mailing. The first-named address may be changed at any time by an instrument in writing,

executed and acknowledged by the Contractor, and delivered to the Owner and Engineer. Nothing

herein contained shall be deemed to preclude or render inoperative the service of any notice, letter,

or other communication upon the Contractor personally.

SC-17.08 Wage Rates (Illinois Prevailing Wage Act – 820 ILCS 130)

A. The requirements and provisions of all applicable laws and any amendments thereof or additions

thereto as to the employment of labor, and to the schedule of minimum wage rates established in

compliance with laws shall be a part of these Contract Documents. Copies of the wage schedules

are included in PART II of these Supplementary Conditions. If, after the Notice of Award, it

becomes necessary to employ any person in a trade or occupation not classified in the wage

determinations, such person shall be paid at not less than such rates as shall be determined by the

officials administrating the laws mentioned above. Such approved minimum rate shall be

retroactive to the time of the initial employment of such person in such trade or occupation. The

Contractor shall notify the Owner of Contractor's intention to employ persons in trades or

occupations not classified in sufficient time for the Owner to obtain approved rates for such trades

or occupations.

B. The schedules of wages referred to above are minimum rates only, and the Owner will not

consider any claims for additional compensation made by the Contractor because of payment by

the Contractor of any wage rate in excess of the applicable rate contained in these Contract

Documents. All disputes in regard to the payment of wages in excess of these specified in the

schedules shall be resolved by the Contractor.





C. The said schedules of wages shall continue to be the minimum rates to be paid during the life of

this Agreement and a legible copy of said schedules shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at

the site of the Work.

D. State schedule of minimum wage rates published on December 2012 are included in PART II of

these Supplementary Conditions (Illinois Prevailing Wage Act – 820 ILCS 130). Current rates

shall be used at all times. Where rates differ, higher rates shall apply as a minimum for that trade.

SC-17.09 Federal Acquisition Regulation

A. Contractor shall conform with applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations in accordance with the

current version of the Federal Acquisition Regulations System.

PART II - STATE GOVERNMENT PROVISIONS

State Government Provisions included herein (Cook County Prevailing Wage), have been selected from those to

which specific references have been made elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Each and every other provision of

law or clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be also inserted herein.

1.0. STATE GOVERNMENT PROVISIONS

1.1. Illinois Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130). Contractor shall use current prevailing wage rates.





Cook County Prevailing Wage - Obtained July 2017

https://www.illinois.gov/idol/Laws-Rules/CONMED/Rates/2015/july/COOK9999.htm

(See explanation of column headings at bottom of wages)

Trade Name RG TYP C Base FRMAN M-F>8 OSA OSH H/W Pensn Vac

Trng

==================== == === = ====== ====== ===== === === ===== ===== =====

=====

ASBESTOS ABT-GEN ALL 39.400 39.950 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.98 10.72 0.000

0.500

ASBESTOS ABT-MEC BLD 36.340 38.840 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.47 10.96 0.000

0.720

BOILERMAKER BLD 47.070 51.300 2.0 2.0 2.0 6.970 18.13 0.000

0.400

BRICK MASON BLD 43.780 48.160 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.05 14.43 0.000

1.030

CARPENTER ALL 44.350 46.350 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.79 16.39 0.000

0.630

CEMENT MASON ALL 43.750 45.750 2.0 1.5 2.0 13.05 14.45 0.000

0.480

CERAMIC TILE FNSHER BLD 36.810 0.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.55 9.230 0.000

0.770

COMM. ELECT. BLD 40.000 42.800 1.5 1.5 2.0 8.670 12.57 1.100

0.750

ELECTRIC PWR EQMT OP ALL 46.100 51.100 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.76 14.87 0.000

0.460

ELECTRIC PWR GRNDMAN ALL 37.050 52.500 1.5 2.0 2.0 8.630 12.28 0.000

0.370

ELECTRIC PWR LINEMAN ALL 47.500 52.500 1.5 2.0 1.5 11.06 15.75 0.000

0.480

ELECTRICIAN ALL 45.000 48.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.83 15.27 0.000

1.000

ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR BLD 50.800 57.150 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.57 14.21 4.060

0.600

FENCE ERECTOR ALL 37.340 39.340 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.05 12.06 0.000

0.300

GLAZIER BLD 40.500 42.000 1.5 2.0 2.0 13.14 16.99 0.000

0.940

HT/FROST INSULATOR BLD 48.450 50.950 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.47 12.16 0.000

0.720

IRON WORKER ALL 44.200 46.200 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.65 21.14 0.000

0.350

LABORER ALL 39.200 39.950 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.98 10.72 0.000

0.500

LATHER ALL 44.350 46.350 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.79 16.39 0.000

0.630

MACHINIST BLD 45.350 47.850 1.5 1.5 2.0 7.260 8.950 1.850

0.000

MARBLE FINISHERS ALL 32.400 34.320 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.05 13.75 0.000

0.620

MARBLE MASON BLD 43.030 47.330 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.05 14.10 0.000

0.780





MATERIAL TESTER I ALL 29.200 0.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.98 10.72 0.000

0.500

MATERIALS TESTER II ALL 34.200 0.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.98 10.72 0.000

0.500

MILLWRIGHT ALL 44.350 46.350 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.79 16.39 0.000

0.630

OPERATING Engineer BLD 1 48.100 52.100 2.0 2.0 2.0 17.55 12.65 1.900

1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250

OPERATING Engineer FLT 1 53.600 53.600 1.5 1.5 2.0 17.10 11.80 1.900

1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250

OPERATING Engineer HWY 1 46.300 50.300 1.5 1.5 2.0 17.55 12.65 1.900

1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250


1.250

ORNAMNTL IRON WORKER ALL 45.000 47.500 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.55 17.94 0.000

0.650

PAINTER ALL 41.750 46.500 1.5 1.5 1.5 11.50 11.10 0.000

0.770

PAINTER SIGNS BLD 33.920 38.090 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.600 2.710 0.000

0.000

PILEDRIVER ALL 44.350 46.350 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.79 16.39 0.000

0.630





PIPEFITTER BLD 46.000 49.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 9.000 15.85 0.000

1.780

PLASTERER BLD 43.430 46.040 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.05 14.43 0.000

1.020

PLUMBER BLD 46.650 48.650 1.5 1.5 2.0 13.18 11.46 0.000

0.880

ROOFER BLD 41.000 44.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 8.280 10.54 0.000

0.530

SHEETMETAL WORKER BLD 42.230 45.610 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.53 20.68 0.000

0.720

SIGN HANGER BLD 31.310 33.810 1.5 1.5 2.0 4.850 3.280 0.000

0.000

SPRINKLER FITTER BLD 49.200 51.200 1.5 1.5 2.0 11.75 9.650 0.000

0.550

STEEL ERECTOR ALL 42.070 44.070 2.0 2.0 2.0 13.45 19.59 0.000

0.350

STONE MASON BLD 43.780 48.160 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.05 14.43 0.000

1.030

SURVEY WORKER ->NOT IN EFFECT ALL 37.000 37.750 1.5 1.5 2.0

12.97 9.930 0.000 0.500

TERRAZZO FINISHER BLD 38.040 0.000 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.55 11.22 0.000

0.720

TERRAZZO MASON BLD 41.880 44.880 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.55 12.51 0.000

0.940

TILE MASON BLD 43.840 47.840 1.5 1.5 2.0 10.55 11.40 0.000

0.990

TRAFFIC SAFETY WRKR HWY 32.750 34.350 1.5 1.5 2.0 6.550 6.450 0.000

0.500

TRUCK DRIVER E ALL 1 35.480 35.680 1.5 1.5 2.0 8.350 10.50 0.000

0.150


0.150


0.150


0.150

TRUCK DRIVER W ALL 1 35.600 35.800 1.5 1.5 1.5 8.250 9.140 0.000

0.150


0.000


0.000


0.000

TUCKPOINTER BLD 43.800 44.800 1.5 1.5 2.0 8.280 13.49 0.000

0.670

Legend: RG (Region) TYP (Trade Type - All,Highway,Building,Floating,Oil & Chip,Rivers)

C (Class)

Base (Base Wage Rate)

FRMAN (Foreman Rate)

M-F>8 (OT required for any hour greater than 8 worked each day, Mon through Fri.

OSA (Overtime (OT) is required for every hour worked on Saturday)

OSH (Overtime is required for every hour worked on Sunday and Holidays)

H/W (Health & Welfare Insurance)

Pensn (Pension)

Vac (Vacation)





Trng (Training)

Explanations

COOK COUNTY

The following list is considered as those days for which holiday rates

of wages for work performed apply: New Years Day, Memorial Day,

Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and

Veterans Day in some classifications/counties. Generally, any of

these holidays which fall on a Sunday is celebrated on the following

Monday. This then makes work performed on that Monday payable at the

appropriate overtime rate for holiday pay. Common practice in a given

local may alter certain days of celebration. If in doubt, please

check with IDOL.

TRUCK DRIVERS (WEST) - That part of the county West of Barrington

Road.

EXPLANATION OF CLASSES

ASBESTOS - GENERAL - removal of asbestos material/mold and hazardous

materials from any place in a building, including mechanical systems

where those mechanical systems are to be removed. This includes the

removal of asbestos materials/mold and hazardous materials from

ductwork or pipes in a building when the building is to be demolished

at the time or at some close future date.

ASBESTOS - MECHANICAL - removal of asbestos material from mechanical

systems, such as pipes, ducts, and boilers, where the mechanical

systems are to remain.

CERAMIC TILE FINISHER

The grouting, cleaning, and polishing of all classes of tile, whether

for interior or exterior purposes, all burned, glazed or unglazed

products; all composition materials, granite tiles, warning detectable

tiles, cement tiles, epoxy composite materials, pavers, glass,

mosaics, fiberglass, and all substitute materials, for tile made in

tile-like units; all mixtures in tile like form of cement, metals, and

other materials that are for and intended for use as a finished floor

surface, stair treads, promenade roofs, walks, walls, ceilings,

swimming pools, and all other places where tile is to form a finished

interior or exterior. The mixing of all setting mortars including but

not limited to thin-set mortars, epoxies, wall mud, and any other

sand and cement mixtures or adhesives when used in the preparation,

installation, repair, or maintenance of tile and/or similar materials.

The handling and unloading of all sand, cement, lime, tile,

fixtures, equipment, adhesives, or any other materials to be used in

the preparation, installation, repair, or maintenance of tile and/or

similar materials. Ceramic Tile Finishers shall fill all joints and

voids regardless of method on all tile work, particularly and

especially after installation of said tile work. Application of any

and all protective coverings to all types of tile installations

including, but not be limited to, all soap compounds, paper products,





tapes, and all polyethylene coverings, plywood, masonite, cardboard,

and any new type of products that may be used to protect tile

installations, Blastrac equipment, and all floor scarifying equipment

used in preparing floors to receive tile. The clean-up and removal of

all waste and materials. All demolition of existing tile floors and

walls to be re-tiled.

COMMUNICATIONS ELECTRICIAN

Installation, operation, inspection, maintenance, repair and service

of radio, television, recording, voice sound vision production and

reproduction, telephone and telephone interconnect, facsimile, data

apparatus, coaxial, fibre optic and wireless equipment, appliances and

systems used for the transmission and reception of signals of any

nature, business, domestic, commercial, education, entertainment, and

residential purposes, including but not limited to, communication and

telephone, electronic and sound equipment, fibre optic and data

communication systems, and the performance of any task directly

related to such installation or service whether at new or existing

sites, such tasks to include the placing of wire and cable and

electrical power conduit or other raceway work within the equipment

room and pulling wire and/or cable through conduit and the

installation of any incidental conduit, such that the employees

covered hereby can complete any job in full.

MARBLE FINISHER

Loading and unloading trucks, distribution of all materials (all

stone, sand, etc.), stocking of floors with material, performing all

rigging for heavy work, the handling of all material that may be

needed for the installation of such materials, building of

scaffolding, polishing if needed, patching, waxing of material if

damaged, pointing up, caulking, grouting and cleaning of marble,

holding water on diamond or Carborundum blade or saw for setters

cutting, use of tub saw or any other saw needed for preparation of

material, drilling of holes for wires that anchor material set by

setters, mixing up of molding plaster for installation of material,

mixing up thin set for the installation of material, mixing up of sand

to cement for the installation of material and such other work as may

be required in helping a Marble Setter in the handling of all

material in the erection or installation of interior marble, slate,

travertine, art marble, serpentine, alberene stone, blue stone,

granite and other stones (meaning as to stone any foreign or domestic

materials as are specified and used in building interiors and

exteriors and customarily known as stone in the trade), carrara,

sanionyx, vitrolite and similar opaque glass and the laying of all

marble tile, terrazzo tile, slate tile and precast tile, steps, risers

treads, base, or any other materials that may be used as substitutes

for any of the aforementioned materials and which are used on interior

and exterior which are installed in a similar manner.

MATERIAL TESTER I: Hand coring and drilling for testing of materials;

field inspection of uncured concrete and asphalt.

MATERIAL TESTER II: Field inspection of welds, structural steel,





fireproofing, masonry, soil, facade, reinforcing steel, formwork,

cured concrete, and concrete and asphalt batch plants; adjusting

proportions of bituminous mixtures.

OPERATING Engineer - BUILDING

Class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Spreader; Autograde; Backhoes with

Caisson Attachment; Batch Plant; Benoto (requires Two Engineers);

Boiler and Throttle Valve; Caisson Rigs; Central Redi-Mix Plant;

Combination Back Hoe Front End-loader Machine; Compressor and Throttle

Valve; Concrete Breaker (Truck Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete

Conveyor (Truck Mounted); Concrete Paver Over 27E cu. ft; Concrete

Paver 27E cu. ft. and Under: Concrete Placer; Concrete Placing Boom;

Concrete Pump (Truck Mounted); Concrete Tower; Cranes, All; Cranes,

Hammerhead; Cranes, (GCI and similar Type); Creter Crane; Spider

Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.; Derricks, All; Derricks, Traveling;

Formless Curb and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grouting

Machines; Heavy Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or Prime Mover;

Highlift Shovels or Front Endloader 2-1/4 yd. and over; Hoists,

Elevators, outside type rack and pinion and similar machines; Hoists,

One, Two and Three Drum; Hoists, Two Tugger One Floor; Hydraulic

Backhoes; Hydraulic Boom Trucks; Hydro Vac (and similar equipment);

Locomotives, All; Motor Patrol; Lubrication Technician; Manipulators;

Pile Drivers and Skid Rig; Post Hole Digger; Pre-Stress Machine; Pump

Cretes Dual Ram; Pump Cretes: Squeeze Cretes-Screw Type Pumps; Gypsum

Bulker and Pump; Raised and Blind Hole Drill; Roto Mill Grinder;

Scoops - Tractor Drawn; Slip-Form Paver; Straddle Buggies; Operation

of Tie Back Machine; Tournapull; Tractor with Boom and Side Boom;

Trenching Machines.

Class 2. Boilers; Broom, All Power Propelled; Bulldozers; Concrete

Mixer (Two Bag and Over); Conveyor, Portable; Forklift Trucks;

Highlift Shovels or Front Endloaders under 2-1/4 yd.; Hoists,

Automatic; Hoists, Inside Elevators; Hoists, Sewer Dragging Machine;

Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Laser Screed; Rock Drill (Self-Propelled);

Rock Drill (Truck Mounted); Rollers, All; Steam Generators; Tractors,

All; Tractor Drawn Vibratory Roller; Winch Trucks with "A" Frame.

Class 3. Air Compressor; Combination Small Equipment Operator;

Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hoists, Inside Elevators (remodeling

or renovation work); Hydraulic Power Units (Pile Driving, Extracting,

and Drilling); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a total of 300

ft.); Low Boys; Pumps, Well Points; Welding Machines (2 through 5);

Winches, 4 Small Electric Drill Winches.

Class 4. Bobcats and/or other Skid Steer Loaders; Oilers; and Brick

Forklift.

Class 5. Assistant Craft Foreman.

Class 6. Gradall.

Class 7. Mechanics; Welders.





OPERATING EngineerS - HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION

Class 1. Asphalt Plant; Asphalt Heater and Planer Combination; Asphalt

Heater Scarfire; Asphalt Spreader; Autograder/GOMACO or other similar

type machines: ABG Paver; Backhoes with Caisson Attachment; Ballast

Regulator; Belt Loader; Caisson Rigs; Car Dumper; Central Redi-Mix

Plant; Combination Backhoe Front Endloader Machine, (1 cu. yd. Backhoe

Bucket or over or with attachments); Concrete Breaker (Truck

Mounted); Concrete Conveyor; Concrete Paver over 27E cu. ft.; Concrete

Placer; Concrete Tube Float; Cranes, all attachments; Cranes, Tower

Cranes of all types: Creter Crane: Spider Crane; Crusher, Stone, etc.;

Derricks, All; Derrick Boats; Derricks, Traveling; Dredges;

Elevators, Outside type Rack & Pinion and Similar Machines; Formless

Curb and Gutter Machine; Grader, Elevating; Grader, Motor Grader,

Motor Patrol, Auto Patrol, Form Grader, Pull Grader, Subgrader; Guard

Rail Post Driver Truck Mounted; Hoists, One, Two and Three Drum; Heavy

Duty Self-Propelled Transporter or Prime Mover; Hydraulic Backhoes;

Backhoes with shear attachments up to 40' of boom reach; Lubrication

Technician; Manipulators; Mucking Machine; Pile Drivers and Skid Rig;

Pre-Stress Machine; Pump Cretes Dual Ram; Rock Drill - Crawler or Skid

Rig; Rock Drill - Truck Mounted; Rock/Track Tamper; Roto Mill

Grinder; Slip-Form Paver; Snow Melters; Soil Test Drill Rig (Truck

Mounted); Straddle Buggies; Hydraulic Telescoping Form (Tunnel);

Operation of Tieback Machine; Tractor Drawn Belt Loader; Tractor

Drawn Belt Loader (with attached pusher - two engineers); Tractor with

Boom; Tractaire with Attachments; Traffic Barrier Transfer Machine;

Trenching; Truck Mounted Concrete Pump with Boom; Raised or Blind Hole

Drills (Tunnel Shaft); Underground Boring and/or Mining Machines 5

ft. in diameter and over tunnel, etc; Underground Boring and/or Mining

Machines under 5 ft. in diameter; Wheel Excavator; Widener (APSCO).

Class 2. Batch Plant; Bituminous Mixer; Boiler and Throttle Valve;

Bulldozers; Car Loader Trailing Conveyors; Combination Backhoe Front

Endloader Machine (Less than 1 cu. yd. Backhoe Bucket or over or with

attachments); Compressor and Throttle Valve; Compressor, Common

Receiver (3); Concrete Breaker or Hydro Hammer; Concrete Grinding

Machine; Concrete Mixer or Paver 7S Series to and including 27 cu.

ft.; Concrete Spreader; Concrete Curing Machine, Burlap Machine,

Belting Machine and Sealing Machine; Concrete Wheel Saw; Conveyor Muck

Cars (Haglund or Similar Type); Drills, All; Finishing Machine -

Concrete; Highlift Shovels or Front Endloader; Hoist - Sewer Dragging

Machine; Hydraulic Boom Trucks (All Attachments); Hydro-Blaster; Hydro

Excavating (excluding hose work); Laser Screed; All Locomotives,

Dinky; Off-Road Hauling Units (including articulating) Non

Self-Loading Ejection Dump; Pump Cretes: Squeeze Cretes - Screw Type

Pumps, Gypsum Bulker and Pump; Roller, Asphalt; Rotary Snow Plows;

Rototiller, Seaman, etc., self-propelled; Self-Propelled Compactor;

Spreader - Chip - Stone, etc.; Scraper - Single/Twin Engine/Push and

Pull; Scraper - Prime Mover in Tandem (Regardless of Size); Tractors

pulling attachments, Sheeps Foot, Disc, Compactor, etc.; Tug Boats.

Class 3. Boilers; Brooms, All Power Propelled; Cement Supply Tender;

Compressor, Common Receiver (2); Concrete Mixer (Two Bag and Over);

Conveyor, Portable; Farm-Type Tractors Used for Mowing, Seeding, etc.;





Forklift Trucks; Grouting Machine; Hoists, Automatic; Hoists, All

Elevators; Hoists, Tugger Single Drum; Jeep Diggers; Low Boys; Pipe

Jacking Machines; Post-Hole Digger; Power Saw, Concrete Power Driven;

Pug Mills; Rollers, other than Asphalt; Seed and Straw Blower; Steam

Generators; Stump Machine; Winch Trucks with "A" Frame; Work Boats;

Tamper-Form-Motor Driven.

Class 4. Air Compressor; Combination - Small Equipment Operator;

Directional Boring Machine; Generators; Heaters, Mechanical; Hydraulic

Power Unit (Pile Driving, Extracting, or Drilling); Light Plants, All

(1 through 5); Pumps, over 3" (1 to 3 not to exceed a total of 300

ft.); Pumps, Well Points; Vacuum Trucks (excluding hose work); Welding

Machines (2 through 5); Winches, 4 Small Electric Drill Winches.

Class 5. SkidSteer Loader (all); Brick Forklifts; Oilers.

Class 6. Field Mechanics and Field Welders

Class 7. Dowell Machine with Air Compressor; Gradall and machines of

like nature.

OPERATING Engineer - FLOATING

Class 1. Craft Foreman; Master Mechanic; Diver/Wet Tender; Engineer;

Engineer (Hydraulic Dredge).

Class 2. Crane/Backhoe Operator; Boat Operator with towing

endorsement; Mechanic/Welder; Assistant Engineer (Hydraulic Dredge);

Leverman (Hydraulic Dredge); Diver Tender.

Class 3. Deck Equipment Operator, Machineryman, Maintenance of Crane

(over 50-ton capacity) or Backhoe (115,000 lbs. or more); Tug/Launch

Operator; Loader/Dozer and like equipment on Barge, Breakwater Wall,

Slip/Dock, or Scow, Deck Machinery, etc.

Class 4. Deck Equipment Operator, Machineryman/Fireman (4 Equipment

Units or More); Off Road Trucks; Deck Hand, Tug Engineer, Crane

Maintenance (50 Ton Capacity and Under) or Backhoe Weighing (115,000

pounds or less); Assistant Tug Operator.

Class 5. Friction or Lattice Boom Cranes.

Class 6. ROV Pilot, ROV Tender

SURVEY WORKER - Operated survey equipment including data collectors,

G.P.S. and robotic instruments, as well as conventional levels and

transits.

TERRAZZO FINISHER

The handling of sand, cement, marble chips, and all other materials

that may be used by the Mosaic Terrazzo Mechanic, and the mixing,

grinding, grouting, cleaning and sealing of all Marble, Mosaic, and

Terrazzo work, floors, base, stairs, and wainscoting by hand or

machine, and in addition, assisting and aiding Marble, Masonic, and





Terrazzo Mechanics.

TRAFFIC SAFETY

Work associated with barricades, horses and drums used to reduce lane

usage on highway work, the installation and removal of temporary lane

markings, and the installation and removal of temporary road signs.

TRUCK DRIVER - BUILDING, HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION - EAST & WEST

Class 1. Two or three Axle Trucks. A-frame Truck when used for

transportation purposes; Air Compressors and Welding Machines,

including those pulled by cars, pick-up trucks and tractors;

Ambulances; Batch Gate Lockers; Batch Hopperman; Car and Truck

Washers; Carry-alls; Fork Lifts and Hoisters; Helpers; Mechanics

Helpers and Greasers; Oil Distributors 2-man operation; Pavement

Breakers; Pole Trailer, up to 40 feet; Power Mower Tractors;

Self-propelled Chip Spreader; Skipman; Slurry Trucks, 2-man operation;

Slurry Truck Conveyor Operation, 2 or 3 man; Teamsters; Unskilled

Dumpman; and Truck Drivers hauling warning lights, barricades, and

portable toilets on the job site.

Class 2. Four axle trucks; Dump Crets and Adgetors under 7 yards;

Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump Turnapulls or

Turnatrailers when pulling other than self-loading equipment or

similar equipment under 16 cubic yards; Mixer Trucks under 7 yards;

Ready-mix Plant Hopper Operator, and Winch Trucks, 2 Axles.

Class 3. Five axle trucks; Dump Crets and Adgetors 7 yards and over;

Dumpsters, Track Trucks, Euclids, Hug Bottom Dump Turnatrailers or

turnapulls when pulling other that self-loading equipment or similar

equipment over 16 cubic yards; Explosives and/or Fission Material

Trucks; Mixer Trucks 7 yards or over; Mobile Cranes while in transit;

Oil Distributors, 1-man operation; Pole Trailer, over 40 feet; Pole

and Expandable Trailers hauling material over 50 feet long; Slurry

trucks, 1-man operation; Winch trucks, 3 axles or more;

Mechanic--Truck Welder and Truck Painter.

Class 4. Six axle trucks; Dual-purpose vehicles, such as mounted

crane trucks with hoist and accessories; Foreman; Master Mechanic;

Self-loading equipment like P.B. and trucks with scoops on the front.

Other Classifications of Work:

For definitions of classifications not otherwise set out, the

Department generally has on file such definitions which are

available. If a task to be performed is not subject to one of the

classifications of pay set out, the Department will upon being

contacted state which neighboring county has such a classification and

provide such rate, such rate being deemed to exist by reference in

this document. If no neighboring county rate applies to the task,

the Department shall undertake a special determination, such special

determination being then deemed to have existed under this

determination. If a project requires these, or any classification not

listed, please contact IDOL at 217-782-1710 for wage rates or





clarifications.

LANDSCAPING

Landscaping work falls under the existing classifications for laborer,

operating engineer and truck driver. The work performed by

landscape plantsman and landscape laborer is covered by the existing

classification of laborer. The work performed by landscape operators

(regardless of equipment used or its size) is covered by the

classifications of operating engineer. The work performed by

landscape truck drivers (regardless of size of truck driven) is

covered by the classifications of truck driver.

MATERIAL TESTER & MATERIAL TESTER/INSPECTOR I AND II

Notwithstanding the difference in the classification title, the

classification entitled "Material Tester I" involves the same job

duties as the classification entitled "Material Tester/Inspector I".

Likewise, the classification entitled "Material Tester II" involves

the same job duties as the classification entitled "Material

Tester/Inspector II".

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Summary of Work


SECTION 01010

SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 LOCATION OF WORK

A. Drawings showing the locations of watermain lining of existing distribution main are shown in

Appendix A.

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to paint the steel water storage

and appurtenances.

B. Demolition as required to perform the work.

C. Install new permanent gate valve and valve vault.

D. Line the distribution main between the limits shown on the Drawings in Appendix A. This work

includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Cleaning and televising the existing potable water distribution main, and televising

following installation as required to successfully install a cured in place liner.

2. Installing and testing temporary service main, fittings, and associated service connections.

3. Perform and pass hydrostatic testing, chlorination, and disinfection testing of temporary

service main, fittings and associated service connections.

4. Perform water main lining activities with a pressure-rated liner for water distribution

mains.

5. Perform and pass hydrostatic testing, chlorination, and disinfection testing of the lined

distribution main.

6. Make final restrained ductile iron pipe connection between existing main and lined

distribution main.

7. Re-instating permanent service to each home owner.

E. Site restoration of all areas disturbed by the work including pavement patching, driveways,

curbed gutter, driveways, grassy areas, and all other areas disturbed by the work.

F. Traffic Control and Protection

1. Maintain access to all driveways and through traffic on all streets at all times. No street or

driveway shall be closed.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Summary of Work


1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Within 14 days following the Effective Date of the Agreement, submit the following to the

Engineer for approval.

1. Specific information specified to be submitted in other related Sections as required to

perform work.

1.04 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property and

shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or indirect damage

is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or

misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be

restored by the Contractor at his own expense, to a condition equal to that existing before the

damage was done, or he shall make good the damage in another manner acceptable to the

Engineer.

B. Take adequate precautions to contain overspray, dust, mist and other objectionable materials

and protect surrounding areas from damage from same.

1.05 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Provide all temporary light and power required to perform the work, including making

arrangements with the local electric company, if necessary.

B. Provide at least one (1) self-contained toilet of the chemical type properly vented and fully

enclosed, for the use of personnel employed on the site.

1.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES

A. Water shall be obtained from a location to be designated by the Owner using Owner supplied

water meter. Valves shall only be operated by the Owner's personnel unless Engineer authorizes

operation of valve by the Contractor. Water shall be provided and paid for by the Owner.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Construction Constraints


SECTION 01014

CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SITE CONDITIONS

A. This project occurs in the public right-of-way.

B. When access through private lands areas by homeowners must be disrupted, provide alternate

acceptable access for homeowners to access their residences.

C. Various interconnections with the existing distribution system will depend on the closure of

various valves and gates. Many of these valves and gates are old and may not seal properly.

Coordinate with Village staff prior to attempting any such closure and provide any corrective

measure of temporary facilities necessary to attain the shut-off needed to perform the work at no

additional cost to the Owner and without interruption of potable water or fire protection services

to the residents.

D. Where water is required in large quantity for pre-operational testing or other use. A meter will

be installed at a fire hydrant at a location agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor in the

vicinity of the work area.

1.02 WATER

A. One week prior to mobilization, Contractor shall contact Dave Leslie, Village Water

Superintendent, to coordinate the use of Village water required to perform the Work.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Village Water Superintendent to identify the source of

water (e.g., hydrant permitted to use). Contractor shall protect of the public water supply by

using backflow prevention devices such as an air break or reduced pressure zone device. There

will be no charge for water if this approved source is used. The Contractor shall provide a

refundable deposit and obtain a Village water meter. During demobilization, the Contractor

shall return the water meter to the Village Water Superintendent and provide documentation of

water used.

C. The Village offers no guarantee as to the water source’s proximity to the Work. The water

source location will be selected based on the Village distribution system demands at the time of

performance of the Work. The Contractor may select an alternate water source; however, any

source other than the Village source shall be paid for by the Contractor.

1.03 CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS

A. The following is a list of constraints to consider in developing the overall plan of construction.

This list is not intended to release the Contractor from the responsibility to coordinate the work

in any manner which will ensure project completion within the time allowed. The following

areas are not necessarily listed in their required sequence of construction. A suggested sequence

within each area, where necessary, is included.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Construction Constraints


B. Entering Village of Oak Lawn Residents Properties/Homes

1. Communication

a. The Contractor shall notify the Owner a minimum of 72-hours prior to entering the

home of any Village of Oak Lawn resident. The Contractor shall not contact any home

owner until receiving approval by the Owner unless otherwise notified by the Owner

or Engineer in writing.

b. Owner contact is as follows:

1) Dave Leslie, T: 708-259-2589, E: [email protected]

2. Temporary Services

a. Temporary service mains and services shall pass chlorination and testing prior to

homeowners being converted from the existing distribution main to the temporary

service main.

b. Temporary service mains and services shall meet the American Water Works

Association (AWWA) current pipe material standards for potable water systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION




Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Measurement and Payment


SECTION 01025

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

A. Measurement and payment criteria applicable to portions of the Work performed under a unit

price payment method.

B. Measurement and payment shall be for the quantities and amounts listed on the Bid Form in

Section 00400.

1.02 AUTHORITY

A. Measurement methods delineated in the individual specification sections are intended to

complement the criteria of this Section. In the event of conflict, the stricter of the two shall

govern.

B. The Contractor shall take all measurements and compute quantities. The Engineer will verify

measurements and quantities.

C. Contractor shall assist Engineer in verifying measurement and quantities by providing necessary

equipment, workers, and survey personnel as required.

1.03 UNIT QUANTITIES SPECIFIED

A. Quantities indicated in the Unit Price Schedule are estimated and form the basis for bid

evaluation. Actual quantities supplied or placed in the Work and verified by the Engineer shall

determine payment.

B. If the actual Work requires more or fewer quantities than those quantities indicated, provide the

required quantities at the unit sum/prices given in the Schedule of Prices and in accordance with

the General Conditions of the Contract.

1.04 RELATED WORK

A. Bid Form is included in Section 00400.

B. Conditions of the Contract are included in Section 00700 and Section 00800.

C. Applications for Payment are included in Section 01026.

D. Schedule of Values is included in Section 01370.

1.05 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES

A. Measurement of quantities expressed as volume shall be based upon a neat plan line projection

to the work limits as determined by survey record drawings for each item with no additional

allowances for shrinkage, swelling or creep.





1. In computing volumes of excavation and fill, the average end area method or other

methods, acceptable to the Engineer, will be used.

B. Measurement of quantities expressed as area shall be based upon a horizontal, planimetric

projection to the work limits as determined by survey record drawings for each item with no

additional allowances for slopes.

C. Measurement of linear items such as piping will be for quantities actually field installed to the

specified work limits, based upon surveyed stations recorded along the straight or curved

centerline of each respective item.

D. Stipulated Sum/Price Measurement: Items shall be measured by weight, volume, area, each,

lump sum, or linear means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the

Work.

1.06 PAYMENT

A. Payment for each lump sum and unit price stated in the itemized bid shall constitute full

compensation for all required labor, products, tools, equipment, material, plant, transportation,

services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work required to

complete all work specified under that particular item including cleanup, and all costs for doing

related work as set forth in these Specifications and /or the on the Drawings or implied in

carrying out their intent:

1. The price bid for each lump sum and unit price item stated in the itemized bid shall be

deemed to include overhead and profit.

2. Contractor shall, using his own judgment, determine which sections of the Contract

Documents are relevant to each pay item prior to submitting a comprehensive price that

covers all Work identified in the Contract Documents.

B. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of the actual

measurements and quantities installed and accepted by the Engineer multiplied by the unit

sum/price for Work which is incorporated in or made necessary by the Work.

C. Requests for payment shall be in accordance with Section 01026, Application for Payment.

D. Payment will be made to the limits as specified in the Contract Documents. If the constructed

limits are less that the specified limit, payment will be made at the prices given in the Schedule

of Prices to the actual limits of construction as shown on the Record Drawings. Payment for

quantities that exceed the specified contract limits will only be made with the approval of the

Engineer and shall be at the unit rates given in the Schedule of Prices on the Bid Form.

Payment for quantities that exceed the contract quantities (shown on the Drawings or noted in

the Contract Documents) will be made through an approved Change Order in accordance with

the General Conditions of the Contract.

E. Partial payment will be made for material delivered to the site, and adequately stored and

protected until installation. Materials will be paid for as specified in the General Conditions.

All such requests must have material quantities verified by the Engineer prior to payment:





1. Qualification for partial payment for materials delivered shall be in accordance with the

General Conditions.

F. Upon installation, the unit cost for the item will be paid less any prior payments for stored

material. Upon installation, an adjustment will be made in payment to account for the quantity

of materials actually installed in the work. Final payment will be subject to the acceptance of

the unit item following approval of final testing, if applicable. No payment will be made for

material in excess of what is actually installed in the work.

G. Payment for unit price items (all items except Lump Sum items) will be made monthly until

completion of each unit price item based on quantity estimated by Contractor, and verified by

the Engineer. Final payment will be based on the actual quantity installed and as calculated

from As-Built Drawings.

1.07 ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN BID FORM

A. All work shown or specified in the Contract Documents that is not specifically set forth as a pay

item in the Bid Form, shall be considered an incidental obligation of the Contractor.

1.08 VARIATIONS IN ESTIMATED QUANTITIES

A. The quantities given in the Contract Documents are approximate only, and are given as a basis

for the uniform comparison of bids, and Owner does not expressly or by implication warrant

that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith.

B. The Contractor must provide, for Unit Price Work, a proposed contract price determined on the

basis of estimated quantities required for each item. The estimated quantities of items are not

guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing bids. Each such unit price will be

deemed to include an amount for overhead, profit and indirect costs for each separately defined

item.

1.09 DEFECT ASSESSMENT

A. Replace defective Work, or portions of defective Work, not conforming to specified

requirements.

B. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the

Engineer will direct a remedy in accordance with the requirements of Article 13 of the General

Conditions.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION (ITEM NO. 1)(ITEM NO. A-1)

A. Method of Measurement

1. Measurement for mobilization will be on a lump sum basis and shall not exceed 2% of the

total contract value.





B. Basis of Payment

1. Payment to the Contractor for mobilization/demobilization shall be based on the costs

associated with the mobilization and demobilization of the Contractor and all

Subcontractors labor, materials, equipment and the erection of any temporary facilities.

2. Acquisitions of land for temporary facilities, if necessary by the Contractor, shall be

included in this Item.

3.02 6-INCH 88TH PLACE WATER MAIN LINING (ITEM NO. 2)

6-INCH PARKE PLACE WATER MAIN LINING (ITEM NO. A-2)


1. Measurement for the CIPP lining of the 6” diameter ductile iron water main shall be

measured for payment in place per linear foot at the locations shown on the Drawings.

2. Traffic control and protection to be performed by the Contractor shall be measured

according to Part 3.09 of this Section.

B. Basis of Payment

1. Lining of the 6” diameter water main shall be paid for at the contract unit price per foot in

the Schedule of Prices in the Bid Form. Such price shall be full compensation for all labor,

materials, equipment, cleaning, televising, excavation, excavated surplus material transport

and disposal, granular material, testing, disinfection, dechlorination, re-connect existing

services to lined water main, and all work required for or incidental to the satisfactory

completion of this item. No measurement shall be made for temporary service or final

connections between lined pipe and unlined pipe.



3.03 PERMANENT PAVEMENT (ITEM NO. 3)(ITEM NO. A-4)


1. Permanent pavement shall be measured in place on a lump sum basis. The minimum width

shall be as shown in the details of Appendix B, Detail Pavement Restoration Flexible

Pavement. Should the Contractor’s method of construction require additional surface

restoration than the widths shown in Appendix B, the extra surface shall not be measured

for payment.

2. Testing for compaction shall be measured for according to Part 3.20 of this Section.







B. Basis of Payment

1. This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per lump sum for Permanent

Pavement of the thickness and material type as shown in the following details located in

Appendix B:

a. Pavement Restoration Flexible Pavement.

b. Typical Single Family or Two-Family Driveway

2. Payment for Permanent Pavement shall be full compensation for all labor, materials,

equipment, sawcuts, bituminous aggregate mixture, bituminous surface, aggregate, and all

work required for or incidental to the satisfactory completion of this item.

3. Testing for compaction shall be paid for according to Part 3.08 of this Section.

4. Traffic control and protection to be performed by the Contractor shall be paid for according

to Part 3.09 of this Section.

3.04 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT (ITEM NO. 4) (ITEM NO. A-5)


1. Temporary pavement shall be measured for payment in place on a lump sum basis at the

locations required by the Contractor prior to installation of permanent pavement. The

minimum width shall be as shown in the details of Appendix B, Detail Pavement

Restoration Flexible Pavement.

2. Should the Contractor’s method of construction require additional surface restoration than

the widths shown in Appendix B, the extra surface shall not be measured for payment.



B. Basis of Payment

1. This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per lump sum for Permanent

Pavement of the thickness and material type as shown in Appendix B, Detail Pavement

Restoration Flexible Pavement. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor,

materials, equipment, sawcuts, bituminous aggregate temporary pavement, aggregate,

removal of temporary pavement, and all work required for or incidental to the satisfactory

completion of this item.

2. Traffic control and protection to be performed by the Contractor shall be paid for according

to Part 3.09 of this Section.

3.05 PARKWAY RESTORATION (ITEM NO.5)(ITEM NO. A-6)


1. Parkway restoration shall be measured in place per a lump sum basis at the locations

required by the Contractor prior to installation of permanent pavement. The minimum





width shall be as shown in the details of Appendix B, Typical Trench Backfill Details for

New Public Utilities – Within Parkway Areas.

2. Should the Contractor’s method of construction require additional surface restoration than

the widths shown in Appendix B, the extra surface shall not be measured for payment.

3. Testing for compaction shall be measured in accordance to Part 3.08 of this Section.



B. Basis of Payment

1. This work shall be paid for at the contract unit price per lump sum for Parkway Restoration

of the thickness and material type as shown in Appendix B, Typical Trench Backfill

Details for New Public Utilities – Within Parkway Areas. Payment shall be full

compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, topsoil, sod, watering, cutting, grading,

maintenance, and all work required for or incidental to the satisfactory completion of this

item.

2. Testing for compaction shall be paid for in accordance with Section 3.08 of this Section.

3.06 CURB AND GUTTER AND SIDEWALKS (ITEM NO. 6) (ITEM NO. A-7)

A. Measurement for Payment

1. Concrete curb and gutter and concrete sidewalk shall be measured for payment per lump

sum. Measurement shall include replacement of existing drainage casting and other objects

incorporated in concrete curbs and gutter, and sidewalk.

2. Testing for compaction shall be measured for in accordance with Section 3.08 of this

Section.

B. Basis of Payment

1. Concrete curb and gutter and concrete sidewalk removal and replacement shall be paid for

at the contract unit price per lump sum install of the type shown in Appendix B of the

following details:

a. Concrete curb & gutter

b. Variable width gutter flag

c. Sidewalk

2. Payment shall include all labor, equipment, materials, aggregate, concrete, and all other

items required to perform this work.

3. Testing for compaction shall be paid for in accordance with Section 3.08 of this Section.





3.07 EROSION CONTROL AND PROTECTION (ITEM NO. 7) (ITEM NO.A-8)


1. Erosion control and protection as required to perform the Work and as required by permits,

shall be measured in place at the contract lump sum price.

B. Basis of Payment

1. Payment for erosion control and protection shall be made at the contract lump sum price

and shall include all labor, equipment, materials, erosion control devices, maintenance,

removal of all erosion control devices, and all other items incidental to the performance of

this Work. Erosion control devices shall include, at a minimum, those shown in Appendix

B of the following details:

a. Silt fence

b. Inlet filter basket.

2. Erosion control devices shall also be those required by permit.

3.08 CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRANULAR MATERIAL, AND TOPSOIL FIELD AND

LABORATORY TESTING (ITEM NO. 8) (ITEM NO. A-9)

A. Measurement

1. Laboratory and field testing shall be measured for at the contract price per lump sum.

B. Payment

1. Payment of the lump sum price shall be full compensation for all labor, materials,

equipment, required to test materials required to verify the minimum compaction values

and performance criteria are achieved as required by the Contract Documents. This shall

be for granular materials, pavements, and associated items.

3.09 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PROTECTION (ITEM NO. 9) (ITEM NO. A-10)

A. Measurement

1. Measurement for traffic control and protection as required by permit, directed by the

Engineer, or required by the Contractor to perform the Work shall be measured in place per

lump sum required by the Contractor to maintain a safe work zone, required by the

specifications, or required by transportation agencies having jurisdiction

2. Where Contractor’s operations result in daily changing, or two or more work areas each of

which requires traffic control, each work area shall not be paid for separately, but shall be

included in the lump sum price for the type of protection furnished.

B. Payment

1. Traffic control and protection shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price.





3.10 ALLOWANCE – WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER (ITEM NO. 10)

A. Measurement

1. Measurement for Allowance – Work as Directed by the Engineer shall be on a lump sum

basis.

B. Payment

1. Payment for Allowance – Work as Directed by the Engineer shall be as defined in Section

01330 of the Contract Documents. When Contractor requested in writing, payment shall in

full for all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to perform the Work.

3.11 6-INCH VALVE AND VALVE VAULT (ITEM NO. A-3)

A. Measurement

1. The number of valve assemblies of the type required to be paid for shall be the number

actually installed in the completed project and accepted by the Engineer, at the location

shown on the drawings located in Appendix A.

B. Payment

1. Payment of each at the contract unit price per each shall be full compensation for all labor,

materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install and test valve, excavation,

excavated surplus material transport and disposal, backfill, piping, valve, fittings, testing,

disinfection, dechlorination, valve vault, casting, and adjusting rings.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Application for Payment


SECTION 01026

APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer in accordance with the schedule established

by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement between Owner and Contractor.

B. The accepted Schedule of Values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor's Application for

Payment.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Agreement between Owner and Contractor is included in Section 00500.

B. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract is included in Section 00700.

C. Supplementary Conditions is included in Section 00800.

D. Photographic documentation is included in Section 01322.

E. Schedule of Values is included in Section 01370.

F. Contract Closeout is included in Section 01700.

G. Project Record Documents is included in Section 01720.

H. Construction Video Recording is included in Section 01381.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, Application for Payment, with itemized data typed

on 8-1/2-in by 11-in or 8-1/2-in by 14-in white paper continuation sheets.

B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet:

1. Format, schedules, line items and values: Those of the Schedule of Values accepted by the

Engineer.

C. Provide construction photographs in accordance with Section 01322.

D. Provide construction video recording in accordance with Section 01381.

E. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01720.





1.04 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT

A. Application Form:

1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of

submittal of application.

2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation

sheets.

3. Execute certification with signature of a responsible officer of Contract firm.

B. Photography and Videography:

1. Submit construction progress photographs required in Section 01322 and videos required

in Section 01381.

C. Continuation Sheets:

1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of Work, with item number and

scheduled dollar value for each item.

2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been

performed or products stored:

a. Round off values to nearest dollar, or as specified for Schedule of Values.

3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission, at the end of the continuation

sheets:

a. List by Change Order Number and description, as for an original component item of

work.

4. To receive approval for payment on component material stored on site, submit copies of

the original paid invoices with the Application for Payment.

1.05 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS

A. When the Owner or the Engineer requires substantiating data, submit suitable information, with

a cover letter identifying:

1. Project.

2. Application number and date.

3. Detailed list of enclosures.

4. For stored products:

a. Item number and identification as shown on application.

b. Description of specific material.

B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application.





C. As a prerequisite for payment, submit a "Surety Acknowledgement of Payment Request" letter

showing amount of progress payment which the Contractor is requesting.

D. Maintain an updated set of drawings to be used as record drawings in accordance with Section

01720. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, exhibit the updated record drawings

for review by the Owner and the Engineer.

E. Submit all draft or final CCTV videos and reports for the pay period they were performed in.

1.06 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT

A. Complete Application form as specified for progress payments.

B. Submit post-construction progress photographs required in Section 01322.

C. Submit post-construction videography required in Section 01381,

D. Perform contract closeout of items listed in accordance with Section 01700.

E. Submit all Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01720.

F. Submit all final CCTV data reports in Section 02766 and Section 02765 not yet submitted.

G. Submit post-construction video recordings as required in Section 01381.

1.07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE

A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Owner at the times stipulated in the Agreement

(Section 00500).

B. Number: Three (3) copies of each Application for Payment.



END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Change Order Procedures


SECTION 01035

CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Promptly implement change order procedures:

1. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes.

2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/ force account basis.

3. Provide full documentation to Engineer on request.

B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization:

1. Who is authorized to accept changes in the work.

2. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's employ of the authorization of

changes in the work.

C. Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Change Order form is included in Section 00662.

B. Conditions of the Contract are included in Section 00700 and Section 00800:

1. Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in work made on a

time and material basis.

2. Contractor's claims for additional costs.

C. Applications for Payment are included in Section 01026.

D. Schedule of Values are included in Section 01370.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Change Order: See Conditions of the Contract in Section 00700 and 00800.

B. Construction Change Authorization: A written order to the Contractor, signed by Owner and

Engineer, which amends the Contract Documents as described and authorized Contractor to

proceed with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, for inclusion in a

subsequent Change Order.

C. Field Order: A written order to the Contractor signed by the Engineer and the Contractor, which

is issued to interpret/clarify the Contract Documents, order minor changes in the work and/or





memorialize trade-off agreements. The work described by a Field Order is to be accomplished

without change to the Contract Sum, Contract Time, and/or claims for other costs.

1.04 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES

A. Owner or Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Request for Proposal (RFP) to

Contractor. Request will include:

1. Detailed description of the Change, Products and location of the change in the project.

2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications.

3. The projected time span for making the change and a specific statement as to whether

overtime work is, or is not, authorized.

4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid.

5. Such request is for information only and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to

stop work in progress.

B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Engineer, containing:

1. Description of the proposed changes.

2. Statement of the reason for making the changes.

3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

4. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors.

5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as appropriate.

1.05 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE AUTHORIZATION

A. In lieu of an RFP, Engineer may issue a work change directive authorization for Contractor to

proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

B. Authorization will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments

of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change and will designate the method of

determining any change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time.

C. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Change Directive Authorization as

authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes.

D. Contractor may sign and date the Construction Change Authorization to indicate agreement

with the terms therein.





1.06 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS

A. Support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal and for each unit price which has not

previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow Engineer to evaluate the

quotation.

B. On request, provide additional data to support time and cost computations:

1. Labor required.

2. Equipment required.

3. Products required:

a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.

b. Quantities required.

4. Taxes, insurance and bonds.

5. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented.

6. Overhead and profit.

7. Justification for any change in Contract Time.

C. Support each claim for additional costs and for work done on a time-and-material/force account

basis, with documentation as required for a lump-sum proposal, plus additional information:

1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and date of the order.

2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom.

3. Time record, summary of hours worked and hourly rates paid.

4. Receipts and invoices for:

a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use.

b. Products used, listing of quantities.

c. Subcontracts.

1.07 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS AND FIELD ORDERS

A. Change Order will describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments

of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change.

B. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the

Contract Time.

C. Field Order will describe interpretations or clarifications of Contract Documents, order minor

changes in the work, and/or memorialize trade-off agreements.

D. Field Order work will be accomplished without change in the Contract Sum, Contract Time,

and/or claims for other costs.





E. Change Orders shall be documented using the form provided in Section 00662. Field Orders

shall be documented using the form included in this Section.

1.08 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER

A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either:

1. Engineer's Proposal Request and Contractor's responsive Proposal as mutually agreed

between Owner and Contractor.

2. Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by Engineer.

B. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to

proceed with the changes.

C. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms therein.

1.09 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER

A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either:

1. Owner's definition of the scope of the required changes.

2. Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by Engineer.

3. Survey of completed work.

B. The amounts of the unit prices to be:

1. Those stated in the Bid Form.

2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor.

C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be determined prior to

start of the work:

1. Owner and will sign and date the Change Order as authorization for Contractor to proceed

with the changes.

2. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate agreement with the terms

therein.

D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work:

1. Owner will issue a construction change authorization directing Contractor to proceed with

the change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite the applicable unit prices.

2. At completion of the change, Engineer will determine the cost of such work based on the

unit prices and quantities used:

a. Contractor shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each item

and any claims for a change in Contract Time.





3. Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and

in Contract Time.

4. Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement with

the terms therein.

1.10 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/WORK DIRECTIVE

CHANGE AUTHORIZATION

A. Engineer and Owner will issue a Work Directive Change Authorization directing Contractor to

proceed with the changes.

B. At completion of the change, submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in the

Article "Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this Section.

C. Owner will determine the allowable cost of such work, as provided in General Conditions and

Supplementary Conditions.

D. Owner will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change in Contract Sum and in

Contract Time.

E. Owner and Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their agreement

therewith.

1.11 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS

A. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as

a separate item of work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum.

B. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time.

1. Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes.

C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents

(Section 01720).



END OF SECTION





FIELD ORDER

TO: ___________________________________ FIELD ORDER NO.: 1 ______

_______________ _____________ DATE:

_____________________________ CONTRACT NO.:

RE: Potable Water Distribution Main Lining

CONTRACT DATE:

TO CONTRACTOR:

This Field Order is issued to interpret/clarify the Contract Documents, or order minor changes in the

work. The work described by this Field Order is to be accomplished without change in Contract Price,

Contract Time, and/or claims with other costs.

DESCRIPTION:

ATTACHMENTS:

REFERENCES:

ENGINEER: CDM Smith Inc. CONTRACTOR:______________________________

BY: BY:

DATE: DATE:



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Requests for Information (RFI)


SECTION 01038

REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS

A. This Section specifies the general methods and requirements of Requests for Information

(RFIs).

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Additional requirements may be specified in the General Conditions.

B. Submittals are included in Section 01300.

C. Project Record Documents are included in Section 01720.

1.03 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION

A. When the Contractor believes that additional information or clarification of a contract

requirement is needed, it may initiate a Request for Information

B. RFIs may relate to Technical matters or Administrative matters. The RFI process shall be

limited to the clarification of technical and/or administrative matters. While the response to an

RFI might lead to a change in the contract scope, cost or time, RFIs are not a substitute to the

notification requirements stipulated in the General Conditions.

C. A response to an RFI may authorize minor changes to the contract consistent with the terms of

the contract related to the responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Engineer.

D. A response to an RFI is not an authorization to perform any additional work that would require

that change order or written amendment to the contract. If the Contractor believes the response

an RFI requires a change to the contract, Contractor shall promptly provide written notice to the

Owner and Engineer in accordance with the General Conditions.

E. RFIs are not a substitute for the Submittals process specified elsewhere.

PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ORIGINATION

A. The Contractor shall originate RFIs using the form appended to this Section.

1. RFIs shall be numbered consecutively. In the event that an answered RFI results in a

follow-up inquiry, the follow-up shall maintain the same number as the original, appended

with a suffix.





2. Include Specification Section(s), Drawing(s), or detail(s) for which information is

requested.

3. Attach drawings, sketches, photographs or other relevant information.

4. If the question concerns an interpretation of the Contract Documents, enter the Contractor's

interpretation.

5. Indicate the date by which the Contractor requests a reply.

6. Sign the upper portion of the form.

B. RFIs may not be submitted by subcontractors or suppliers. When a subcontractor or supplier

generates a request for information or clarification to the Contractor, Contractor shall

incorporate such requests into the required format, assign the next number, and sign.

C. Contractor shall maintain a log of all RFIs including the date originated, date delivered, and

date answered.

3.02 PROCESSING

A. Contractor shall submit all RFIs to the Engineer for processing.

B. Technical RFIs will generally be reviewed and answered by the respective discipline engineer

or architect.

C. Administrative RFIs will generally be reviewed and answered by the Engineer in consultation

with the Owner.

D. The Engineer will generally respond to RFIs within seven calendar days of receipt – depending

on the complexity of the inquiry.

3.03 RESPONSES

A. If the RFI contains sufficient clarity, the Engineer will insert a response in the lower portion of

the RFI form, sign and date the response; and, return the completed form to the Contractor.

B. If the RFI does not contain sufficient clarity, the Engineer may request additional information

from the Contractor.

C. Engineer will distribute copies to the Owner and project files.

D. Engineer will maintain a log of all RFIs including the date received and date returned to

Contractor.





3.04 RECORD INFORMATION

A. Contractor shall include all clarifications obtained through the RFI process into the record

information in accordance with Section 01720.

END OF SECTION

(Standard RFI Form Follows)





Request for Information Project Name:

Owner’s Project No.: CDM Smith Project No.:

Contractor: RFI No.:

Date:

Subject:

Spec Section: Drawing: Detail:

QUESTION:

If the above question concerns an interpretation of the Contract Documents, the Contractor's interpretation is:

Please Respond by This Date:

Submitted by Contractor: Date:

Received by (CDM Smith): Date:

RESPONSE:

By: Date:

Distribution: Contractor, Owner, File, Field, RFI Notebook



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Project Meetings


SECTION 01046

PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Pre-Construction Meeting – Attend the Pre-Construction Meeting organized by the Engineer.

This meeting may be held in the field, at a Public Works Facility or via phone, at the Owner’s

discretion. The purpose of this meeting will be to: finalize communication and coordination

protocols, review the final approved Planning Document (Section 02765) with special attention

to schedule, public notification, traffic control, temporary services, and discuss the ensuing

Work.

B. Engineer Daily Coordination Meeting – A brief Daily Coordination Meeting shall be held

during Field Work and attended by the Engineer and a representative of the Contractor on an as-

needed basis. The Daily Coordination Meeting can be held either in the field or via phone, at the

Owner’s discretion. The purpose of this meeting will be to discuss the progress of that day, to

identify and resolve coordination issues, and to review and revise, if necessary, the plan of work

for the following day. At the Coordination Meeting, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer

with a list of all residences that may be impacted or require access during the next seven

calendar days.

C. Owner Daily Coordination Meeting – At the end of each work day, the Contractor shall notify

the Engineer via phone and inform the Owner regarding work completed that day, follow-up on

residences impacted or where access was required, and work that will occur the next day.

1.02 RELATED WORK ELSEWHERE

A. Planning Document is included in Section 02765. TV inspection of water pipelines.

1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED)

1.04 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS (NOT USED)

1.05 STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOT USED)

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED)

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS (NOT USED)



END SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Project Meetings





Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Safety and Health


SECTION 01102 SAFETY AND HEALTH

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Initiate, maintain, and supervise safety and health precautions and programs in connection with

the work specified in the Contract Documents. Take necessary precautions for the safety of, and

provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to persons on the work site or

those who may be affected by the work.


A. Submittals are delineated in Section 01300 – SUBMITTALS.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit safety and health information as part of the Planning Document as delineated in Section

01300 – SUBMITTALS.

B. Health and Safety Program – Document the Contractor’s Health and Safety Program for

inclusion in the Planning Document. The Health and Safety Program shall include, but not be

limited to, the safety policies needed to prevent damage, injury, or loss to all persons on the

work site or who may be affected by the work.

1.04 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. OSHA Confined Space Entry Regulation 1910.146.

1.05 STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATIONS

A. The following standards shall be followed while executing the work required by the Contract

Documents:

1. Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, promulgated by the Secretary of Labor

under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as set forth in

Title 29, C.F.R. Copies of these regulations may be obtained from Labor Building, 14th

and Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, DC 20013.

2. Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DOCUMENTATION AND NOTIFICATION

A. Safety Program – Document the Health and Safety Program for incorporation in the Planning

Document according to the requirements of Paragraph 1.03 of this Section and Section 01300 –

SUBMITTALS.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Safety and Health


B. Personnel List – Maintain a list of personnel working on the site. The list should include

documentation that each person has been trained according to the Contractor’s Safety Program

and has read and understands the requirements of this Section.

C. Notification of Confined Space Entry – Notify the Engineer prior to a confined space entry.

Notification should include the name of the certified employee conducting the confined space

entry.

D. Notification of Accident – Notify the Engineer of any and all accidents or incidents on the work

site or pertaining to the work which have caused an injury.

3.02 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall make use of personal protection equipment as required by State and

Federal regulations at all times.

B. Designate a site Safety Representative that will be available at all times while the work is in

progress.

C. When a conflict exists between the Contractor’s Safety Program policies and the Contract

Documents, follow the most stringent requirement.

D. Do not use Owner equipment unless otherwise specified.

3.03 SAFETY AND HYGIENIC PRECAUTIONS

A. Hygienic Precautions – Require personnel to observe proper hygienic precautions including

washing properly, and not eating or smoking except after washing hands as personnel could be

exposed to wastewater containing disease-producing organisms.

B. Safety Precautions – Take measures to make sure that personnel observe proper safety

precautions when performing the work. This system is a potable water distribution system.

Solvents, gasoline, and other hazardous materials must not enter the pipeline.

C. Protective Clothing and Equipment – Require personnel working on Village property to wear

safety glasses, reflective vests, steel toed shoes, and hard hats at all times. Require personnel

working on Village property in areas where they could be exposed to wastewater or residuals to

wear proper protective equipment including: gloves, masks, eye protection, and protective body

clothing.

3.04 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

A. Conduct all confined space entries in accordance with OSHA 1910.146.

END SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Environmental Protection Procedures


SECTION 01110

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Provide all labor, materials and equipment needed to prevent environmental pollution in

accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Environmental pollution is defined as the

presence of chemical, physical or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human

health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances; affect other species; or degrade the

utility of the environment for aesthetic and/or recreational purposes. Environmental protection

procedures shall consider protection of air, water and land; as well as managing noise and solid

waste.

B. Install silt fence and inlet filter baskets.


A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control as included in Section 02270.

B. Trenching, Backfill and Compaction as included in Section 02221.

C. Dewatering and Drainage as included in Section 02140.

1.03 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED)


1.05 STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATIONS

A. Comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations concerning

environmental pollution control and abatement including standard details in Appendix B.



PART 2 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 NOTIFICATIONS

A. Notice of Non-Compliance (Owner) - The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any

non-compliance with the foregoing provisions or of any environmentally objectionable acts and

corrective actions to be taken. Failure of the Engineer to provide such notice shall not relieve

the Contractor of his/her responsibility to comply with all applicable specification provisions,

regulations and laws.





B. Notice of Non-Compliance (State / local agencies) - State or local agencies responsible for

verification of certain aspects of the environmental protection requirements may notify the

Contractor in writing of any non-compliance with State or local requirements.

C. Corrective Actions - The Contractor shall take immediate corrective actions upon receipt of a

non-compliance notice from the Engineer, State or local agencies. If the Contractor fails or

refuses to comply promptly with the corrective action request, the Owner may issue an order

stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the

time lost due to any such stop orders shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time

or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor unless it was later determined that the

Contractor was in compliance.

3.02 EROSION CONTROL

A. Provide positive means of erosion control such as shallow ditches around construction to carry

off surface water. Erosion control measures, such as siltation basins, hay check dams, mulching,

jute netting and other equivalent techniques, shall be used as appropriate. Flow of surface water

into excavated areas shall be prevented. Ditches around construction area shall also be used to

carry away water resulting from dewatering of excavated areas. At the completion of the work,

ditches shall be backfilled and the ground surface restored to original condition.

B. Contractor shall install silt fence in accordance with details in Appendix B around all

excavations located outside of paved areas. Inlet filter baskets (Appendix B) shall be installed at

all inlets either side of street within project limits shown in Appendix A. See Section 02270.

3.03 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES

A. Restore land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work

to a condition, after completion of construction that will appear to be natural and not detract

from the appearance of the project.

B. Outside of areas requiring earthwork for the construction of the new facilities, do not deface,

injure, or destroy trees or shrubs, nor remove or cut them without prior approval. No ropes,

cables, or guys shall be fastened to or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless

specifically authorized by the Engineer. Where such special emergency use is permitted, first

wrap the trunk with a sufficient thickness of burlap or rags over which softwood cleats shall be

tied before any rope, cable, or wire is placed. The Contractor shall in any event be responsible

for any damage resulting from such use.

C. Before beginning operations near them, protect trees that may possibly be defaced, bruised,

injured, or otherwise damaged by the construction equipment, dumping or other operations, by

placing boards, planks, or poles around them. Monuments and markers shall be protected

similarly.

D. Trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or

operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. The Engineer will

decide the method of restoration to be used and whether damaged trees shall be treated and

healed or removed and disposed of.

1. All scars made on trees by equipment, construction operations, or by the removal of limbs

larger than 1-in in diameter shall be coated as soon as possible with an approved tree





wound dressing. All trimming or pruning shall be performed in an approved manner by

experienced workmen with saws or pruning shears. Tree trimming with axes will not be

permitted.

2. Climbing ropes shall be used where necessary for safety. Trees that are to remain, either

within or outside established clearing limits, that are subsequently damaged by the

Contractor and are beyond saving in the opinion of the Engineer, shall be immediately

removed and replaced.

E. The locations of the Contractor's storage and other areas required temporarily in the

performance of the work, shall be cleared portions of the job site or areas to be cleared within

project limits and approved by the Engineer, shall not be within wetlands or floodplains, and

shall be minimized. The preservation of the landscape shall be an imperative consideration in

the selection of all sites and in the construction of buildings. Drawings showing storage

facilities shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer.

F. All areas disturbed during the performance of the work shall be fully restored.

G. Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures,

foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess of waste materials, or any other

vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. It is anticipated that excavation, filling and

grading will be required to restore the area to near natural conditions (existing prior to start of

Work), which will permit the growth of vegetation thereon. The disturbed areas located outside

of paved areas shall be prepared and sodded as described in Section 02931, or as approved by

the Engineer.

3.04 WATER QUALITY PROTECTION

A. Take all precautions to prevent, or reduce to a minimum, any damage to any stream or surface

water from pollution by debris, sediment or other material, or from the manipulation of

equipment and/or materials in or near such streams. Water that has been used for washing or

processing, that contains oils or sediments that will reduce the quality of the water in the stream,

shall not be directly returned to the stream. Divert such waters through a settling basin or filter

device before being directed into streams or surface waters.

B. Do not discharge water into any live or intermittent stream, channel, wetlands or surface water

if turbidity is present. Water shall be treated by filtration sock when directed by the Engineer to

reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water to allowable levels.

C. Water being flushed from structures or pipelines after disinfection, with a Cl2 residue of 2 mg/l

or greater shall be treated with a dechlorination solution, in a method meeting the requirements

of the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA) and approved by the Engineer, prior to

discharge.

3.05 STORM INLET PROTECTION

A. Contractor shall clean and maintain inlet filter baskets, and clean them periodically, when not

free draining, or at direction of Engineer. See Section 02270.

END SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Permits


SECTION 01115

PERMITS

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Acquire and comply with federal, state, county, city or local permits necessary to perform and

complete the Work as described within the Contract Documents.

B. Immediately notify the Engineer of any visits to the Work by local permitting authorities.

C. Review and abide by the instructions contained with any approved permits.


A. Submittal requirements are described in Section 01300 – SUBMITTALS.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit permit information as part of the planning document delineated in Section 01300 –

SUBMITTALS.

B. Executed permit – Submit copies of all executed permits that have been approved by the

Contractor and the permitting authority to the Engineer prior to starting the Work.


1.05 STANDARDS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOT USED)




PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 IEPA PERMIT

A. The Contractor shall meet all of the requirements of the Illinois Environmental Protection

Agency permit required for the performance of the Work.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Permits





Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Submittals


SECTION 01300

SUBMITTALS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section includes the requirements for compiling, processing and transmitting submittals

required for execution of the project.

B. Submittals are categorized into two types: Action Submittals and Informational Submittals, as

follows:

1. Action Submittal: Written and graphic information submitted by the Contractor that

requires the Engineer's approval. The following are examples of action submittals:

a. Shop drawings (including working drawings, valve schedule in accordance with

Section 01170, and product data).

b. Samples.

c. Operation & maintenance manuals.

d. Site Usage Plan (Contractor's staging - including trailer siting and material laydown

area).

e. Schedule of values.

f. Payment application format.

2. Informational Submittal: Information submitted by the Contractor that does not require the

Engineer's approval. The following are examples of informational submittals:

a. Shop Drawing Schedule.

b. Construction Schedule.

c. Statements of Qualifications.

d. Health and Safety Plans.

e. Construction Photography and Videography.

f. Work Plans.

g. Maintenance of Traffic Plans.

h. Outage Requests.

i. Proposed Testing Procedures.

j. Test Records and Reports.

k. Vendor Training Outlines/Plans.

l. Test and Start-Up Reports.

m. Certifications.

n. Record Drawings.

o. Record Shop Drawings.

p. Submittals required by laws, regulations and governing agencies.

q. Submittals required by funding agencies.

r. Other requirements found within the technical specifications.

s. Warranties and Bonds.

t. As-Built Surveys.

u. Contract Close-out Documents.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Additional requirements may be specified in the Conditions of the Contract.





B. Additional submittal requirements may be specified in the respective technical Specification

Sections.

C. Operation and Maintenance manuals are included in Section 01730.

D. Contract closeout submittals are included in Section 01700.

E. Warranties and Bonds are included in Section 01740.

F. Construction Photos are included in Section 01322

G. Applications for Payment are included in Section 01026.

H. Construction Schedules are included in Section 01311.

I. Project Record Documents are included in Section 01720.

J. Requests for Information are included in Section 01038.

1.03 Contractor’s RESPONSIBILITIES

A. All submittals shall be clearly identified as follows:

1. Date of Submission.

2. Project Number.

3. Project Name.

4. Contractor Identification:

a. Contractor.

b. Supplier.

c. Manufacturer.

d. Manufacturer or supplier representative.

5. Identification of the Product.

6. Reference to Contract Drawing(s).

7. Reference to specification section number, page and paragraph(s).

8. Reference to applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Standards numbers.

9. Indication of Contractor's approval.

10. Contractor's Certification statement.

11. Identification of deviations from the Contract Documents, if any.

12. Reference to previous submittal (for resubmittals).





B. Submittals shall be clear and legible, and of sufficient size for legibility and clarity of the

presented data.

C. Submittal Log. Maintain a log of all submittals. The submittal log shall be kept accurate and up

to date. This log should include the following items (as applicable):

1. Description.

2. Submittal Number.

3. Date transmitted to the Engineer.

4. Date returned to Contractor (from Engineer).

5. Status of Submittal (Approved/Not Approved/etc.).

6. Date of Resubmittal to Engineer and Return from Engineer (if applicable and repeat as

necessary).

7. Date material released for fabrication.

8. Projected (or actual) delivery date .

D. Numbering System. Utilize the following submittal identification numbering system:

1. The first character shall be a D, S, M or I which represents Shop Drawing (including

working drawings and product data), Sample, Manual (Operating & Maintenance) or

Informational, respectively.

2. The next five digits shall be the applicable Section Number.

3. The next three digits shall be the sequential number of each separate item or drawing

submitted under each Specification Section, in the chronological order submitted, starting

at 001.

4. The last character shall be a letter, A to Z, indicating the submission (or resubmission) of

the same submittal, i.e., "A" = 1st submission, "B" = 2nd submission, "C" = 3rd

submission, etc. A typical submittal number would be as follows:

D-03300-008-B

D = Shop Drawing

03300 = Section for Concrete

008 = the eighth different submittal under this Section

B = the second submission (first resubmission) of that particular shop drawing

E. Variances:

1. Notify the Engineer in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the submittals

from the requirements of the Contract Documents.





2. Notify the Engineer in writing, at the time of re-submittal (resubmission), of all deviations

from previous submissions of that particular shop drawing, except those deviations which

are the specific result of prior comments from the Engineer.

F. Action Submittals:

1. Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, Product Data and Samples:

a. Shop Drawings:

1) Shop drawings as defined in the Conditions of the Contract, and as specified in

individual Sections may include, but are not necessarily limited to, custom

prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings,

scheduled information, setting diagrams, actual shop work manufacturing

instructions, custom templates, valve schedules, wiring diagrams, coordination

drawings, equipment inspection and test reports, and performance curves and

certifications, as applicable to the work.

2) Contractor shall verify all field measurements, field construction criteria,

materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data, and coordinate each

item with other related shop drawings and the Contract requirements.

3) All details on shop drawings shall clearly show the relation of the various parts to

the main members and lines of the structure and where correct fabrication of the

work depends upon field measurements, such measurements shall be made and

noted on the drawings before being submitted.

4) All shop drawings submitted by subcontractors and vendors shall be reviewed by

the Contractor. Contractor shall confirm, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers,

technical data and performance criteria; and shall coordinate with other related

shop drawings and the Contract requirements. In addition, Contractor shall

confirm existing field conditions and dimensions and assure that the submittal is

coordinated and compatible with existing conditions. Submittals directly from

subcontractors or vendors will not be accepted by the Engineer.

5) The Contractor shall be responsible the accuracy of the subcontractor's or

vendor's submittal; and, for their submission in a timely manner to support the

requirements of the Contractor's construction schedule. Shop drawings found to

be inaccurate or otherwise in error shall be returned to the subcontractor or

vendor to correct, before submission to the Engineer. All shop Drawings shall be

approved by the Contractor.

6) Delays to construction due to the untimely submission of submittals will

constitute inexcusable delays, for which Contactor shall not be eligible for

additional cost nor additional contract time. Inexcusable delays consist of any

delay within the Contactor's control.

7) Submittals for equipment specified under Divisions 13 and 15 shall include a

listing of installations where identical or similar equipment manufactured by that

manufacturer has been installed and in operation for a period of at least five

years.

b. Working Drawings:

1) Detailed installation drawings (sewers, equipment, piping, electrical conduits and

controls, HVAC work, and plumbing, etc.) shall be prepared and submitted for

review and approval by the Engineer prior to installing such work. Installation

drawings shall be to-scale and shall be fully dimensioned.

2) Piping working drawings shall show the laying dimensions of all pipes, fittings,

valves, as well as the equipment to which it is being connected. In addition, all

pipe supports shall be shown.





3) Equipment working drawings shall show all equipment dimensions, anchor bolts,

support pads, piping connections and electrical connections. In addition, show

clearances required around such equipment for maintenance of the equipment.

4) Electrical working drawings shall show conduits, junction boxes, disconnects,

control devices, lighting fixtures, support details, control panels, lighting and

power panels, and Motor Control Centers. Coordinate all locations with the

Contract Documents and the Contractor's other working drawings.

c. Product Data:

1) Product data, as specified in individual Specification Sections, include, but are

not limited to, the manufacturer's standard prepared data for manufactured

products (catalog data), such as the product specifications, installation

instructions, availability of colors and patterns, rough-in diagrams and templates,

product photographs (or diagrams), wiring diagrams, performance curves, quality

control inspection and reports, certifications of compliance (as specified or

otherwise required), mill reports, product operating and maintenance instructions,

recommended spare parts and product warranties, as applicable.

d. Samples:

1) Furnish, samples required by the Contract Documents for the Engineer's

approval. Samples shall be delivered to the Engineer as specified or directed.

Unless specified otherwise, provide at least two samples of each required item.

Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not be used in the

work unless and until approved by the Engineer.

2) Samples specified in individual Specification Sections, include, but are not

limited to: physical examples of the work (such as sections of manufactured or

fabricated work), small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of

repetitively-used products, color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets,

specimens for coordination of visual effect, graphic symbols, and other specified

units of work.

3) Approval of a sample shall be only for the characteristics or use named in such

approval and shall not be construed to change or modify and Contract

Requirements.

4) Approved samples not destroyed in testing shall be sent to the Engineer or stored

at the site of the work. Approved samples of the hardware in good condition will

be marked for identification and may be used in the work. Materials and

equipment incorporated in work shall match the approved samples. Samples

which fail testing or are not approved will be returned to the Contractor at his

expense, if so requested at time of submission.

e. Professional Engineer (P.E.) Certification Form:

1) If specifically required in any of the technical Specification Sections, submit a

Professional Engineer (P.E.) Certification for each item required, using the form

appended to this Section, signed and sealed by the P.E. licensed or registered in

the state of Illinois.

2. Contractor's Certification:

a. Each shop drawing, working drawings, product data, and sample shall have affixed to

it the following Certification Statement: “Certification Statement: by this submittal, I

hereby represent that I have determined and verified all field measurements, field

construction criteria, materials, dimensions, catalog numbers and similar data and I

have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop

drawings and all Contract requirements."





b. Shop drawings, working drawings, and product data sheets 11-in x 17-in and smaller

shall be bound together in an orderly fashion and bear the above Certification

Statement on the cover sheet. The transmittal cover sheet for each identified shop

drawing shall fully describe the packaged data and include a listing of all items within

the package. Shop drawings that are not stamped will not be reviewed.

3. The review and approval of shop drawings, working drawings, product data, or samples by

the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for the fulfillment of

the terms of the Contract. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor

and the Engineer will have no responsibility therefor.

4. Project work, materials, fabrication, and installation shall conform to approved shop

drawings (including working drawings and product data) and applicable samples.

5. No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing (including working drawings and product

data) or sample shall be started, nor shall any materials be fabricated or installed before

approval of such item. Procurement, fabrication, delivery or installation or products or

materials that do not conform to approved shop drawings shall be at the Contractor's risk.

Furthermore, such products or materials delivered or installed without approved shop

drawings, or in non-conformance with the approved shop drawings will not be eligible for

progress payment until such time as the product or material is approved or brought into

compliance with approved shop drawings. Neither the Owner nor Engineer will be liable

for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity.

6. The contractor shall use green ink for all submissions.

7. Operation and Maintenance Data:

a. Operation and maintenance data shall be submitted in assembled manuals as specified.

Such manuals shall include detailed instructions for Owner personnel on safe

operation procedures, controls, start-up, shut-down, emergency procedures, storage,

protection, lubrication, testing, trouble-shooting, adjustments, repair procedures, and

other maintenance requirements.

8. Schedule of Values:

a. On projects consisting of lump sums (in whole or in part) submit a proposed schedule

of values providing a breakdown of lump sum items in to reasonably small

components – generally disaggregated by building, area, and/or discipline. The

purpose of the schedule of values is for processing partial payment applications. If

requested by the Engineer, provide sufficient substantiation for all or some items as

necessary to determine the proposed schedule of values is a reasonable representation

of the true cost breakdown of the Work. The schedule of values shall not be

unbalanced to achieve early payment or over-payment in excess of the value of work

or any other mis-distribution of the costs. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the

schedule of values is unbalanced, Contractor shall reallocate components to achieve a

balanced schedule acceptable to Engineer.





9. Payment Application Format:

a. If an application form is included in the Contract Documents, use that form unless

otherwise approved by the Engineer and Owner. If an application form is not included

in the Contract Documents, Contractor may propose a form for approval.

10. Site Usage:

a. Submit a proposed site staging plan, including but not limited to the location of office

trailers, storage trailers and material laydown. Such plan shall be a graphic

presentation (drawing) of the proposed locations; and, shall include on-site traffic

modifications, and temporary utilities, as may be applicable.

G. Informational Submittals:

1. Shop Drawing Schedule:

a. Prepare and submit a schedule indicating when shop drawings are required to be

submitted to support the as-planned construction schedule. The submittal schedule

shall allow sufficient time for preparation and submittal, review and approval, and

fabrication and delivery to support the construction schedule.

2. Construction Schedule:

a. Prepare and submit construction schedules and monthly status reports as specified.

3. Statements of Qualifications:

a. Provide evidence of qualification, certification, or registration, as required in the

Contract Documents, to verify qualifications of licensed land surveyor, professional

engineer, materials testing laboratory, specialty subcontractor, technical specialist,

consultant, specialty installer, and other professionals.

4. Health and Safety Plans:

a. When specified, prepare and submit a general company Health and Safety Plan (HSP),

modified or supplemented to include job-specific considerations.

5. Construction Photography and Videography:

a. Provide periodic construction photographs and videography as specified – including

but not limited to preconstruction photographs and/or video, monthly progress photos

and/or video and post-construction photographs and/or video.

6. Work Plans:

a. Prepare and submit copies of all work plans needed to demonstrate to the Owner that

Contractor has adequately thought-out the means and methods of construction and

their interface with existing facilities.





7. Maintenance of Traffic Plans:

a. Prepare maintenance of traffic plans where and when required by the Contract

Documents and by local ordinances or regulations. If Contractor is not already

knowledgeable about local ordinances and regulations regarding maintenance of

traffic requirements, become familiar with such requirements and include all costs for

preparation and submittal of traffic management plans and all associated costs for

permits and fees to implement the traffic management plan, in the bid amount. In

addition, unless a supplemental payment provision is provided in the bid form, include

the cost of police attendance, when required.

8. Outage Requests:

a. Provide sufficient notification of any outages required (electrical, flow processes, etc.)

as may be required to tie-in new work into existing facilities. Unless specified

otherwise elsewhere, a minimum of seven calendar days’ notice shall be provided.

9. Proposed Testing Procedures:

a. Prepare and submit testing procedures it proposes to use to perform testing required

by the various technical specifications.

10. Test Records and Reports:

a. Provide copies of all test records and reports as specified in the various technical

specifications.

11. Vendor Training Outlines/Plans:

a. At least two weeks before scheduled training of Owner's personnel, provide lesson

plans for vendor training in accordance with the specification for O&M manuals.

12. Test and Start-up Reports:

a. Manufacture shall perform all pre-start-up installation inspection, calibrations,

alignments, and performance testing as specified in the respective Specification

Section. Provide copies of all such test and start-up reports.

13. Certifications:

a. Provide various certifications as required by the technical specifications. Such

certifications shall be signed by an officer (of the firm) or other individual authorized

to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

b. Certifications may include, but are not limited to:

1) Welding certifications and welders qualifications.

2) Certifications of Installation, Testing and Training for all equipment.

3) Material Testing reports furnished by an independent testing firm.

4) Certifications from manufacturer(s) for specified factory testing.

5) Certifications required to indicate compliance with any sustainability or LEEDS

accreditation requirements indicated in the Contract Documents.

14. Record Drawings:

a. No later than Substantial Completion, submit a record of all changes during

construction not already incorporated into drawings – in accordance with specification

on Project Record Documents.





15. Record Shop Drawings:

a. Before final payment is made, furnish one set of record shop drawings to the

Engineer. These record shop drawings shall be in conformance with the approved

documents and should show any field conditions which may affect their accuracy.

16. Submittals required by laws, regulations and governing agencies:

a. Prepare and submit all documentation required by state or local law, regulation or

government agency directly to the applicable agency. This includes, but is not limited

to, notifications, reports, certifications, certified payroll (for projects subject to wage

requirements) and other documentation required to satisfy all requirements. Provide to

Engineer one copy of each submittal made in accordance with this paragraph.

17. Submittals required by funding agencies:

a. Prepare and submit all documentation required by funding agencies. This includes, but

is not limited to segregated pay applications and change orders when required to

properly allocate funds to different funding sources; and certified payrolls for projects

subject to wage requirements. Provide one copy of each submittal made in accordance

with this paragraph to the Engineer.

18. Other requirements of the technical Specification Sections:

a. Comply with all other requirements of the technical specifications.

19. Warranties and Bonds:

a. Assemble a booklet or binder of all warranties and bonds as specified in the various

technical specifications and in accordance with the specification on Warranties and

Bonds; and provide two originals to the Engineer.

20. As-Built Surveys:

a. Engage the services of a licensed land surveyor in accordance with the Project

Controls (Surveying) specification. Prior to Final Completion, provide an as-built

survey of the constructed facility, as specified.

21. Contract Close-Out Documents:

a. Submit Contract documentation as indicated in the specification for Contract Close-

out.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. Provide an initial submittal schedule at the pre-construction meeting for review by Owner and

Engineer. Incorporate comments from Owner or Engineer into a revised submittal schedule.

B. Maintain the submittal schedule and provide sufficient copies for review by Owner and

Engineer. An up-to-date submittal schedule shall be provided at each project progress meeting.





3.02 TRANSMITTALS

A. Prepare separate transmittal sheets for each submittal. Each transmittal sheet shall include at

least the following: the Contractor's name and address, Owner's name, project name, project

number, submittal number, description of submittal and number of copies submitted.

B. Submittals shall be transmitted or delivered directly to the office of the Engineer, as indicated in

the Contact Documents or as otherwise directed by the Engineer.

C. Provide copies of transmittals forms or cover letters (without attachments) directly to the

Resident Project Representative.

3.03 PROCEDURES

A. Action Submittals:

1. Contractor's Responsibilities:

a. Coordination of Submittal Times: Prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in

advance of performing the related work or other applicable activities, or within the

time specified in the individual work of other related Sections, so that the installation

will not be delayed by processing times including disapproval and resubmittal (if

required). Coordinate with other submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery

and similar sequenced activities. Extensions to the Contract Time will not be approved

for the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.

b. The submittals of all shop drawings (including working drawings and product data)

shall be sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to allow for possible

need of re-submittals, including the specified review time for the Engineer.

c. No more than 30 calendar days will be required for Engineer's review time for shop

drawings and O&M manuals involving only one engineering discipline. No less than

45 calendar days will be required for Engineer's review time for shop drawings and

O&M manuals that require review by more than one engineering discipline.

Resubmittals will be subject to the same review time.

d. Submittals of operation and maintenance data shall be provided within 30 days of

approval of the related shop drawing(s).

e. Before submission to the Engineer, review shop drawings as follows:

1) Make corrections and add field measurements, as required.

2) Use any color for its notations except red (reserved for the Engineer's notations)

and black (to be able to distinguish notations on black and white documents).

3) Identify and describe each and every deviation or variation from Contract

documents or from previous submissions, except those specifically resulting from

a comment from the Engineer on a previous submission.

4) Include the required Contractor's Certification statement.

5) Provide field measurements (as needed).

6) Coordinate with other submittals.

7) Indicate relationships to other features of the Work.

8) Highlight information applicable to the Work and/or delete information not

applicable to the Work.

f. Submit the following number of copies (in addition to the electronic submission on

the submittal exchange system required above)

1) Shop drawings (including working drawings and product data) – Submit one

hard copy to the engineer





2) Samples – three copies.

3) Site Usage Plan – three copies.

4) Schedule of values – one hard copy.

5) Payment application format – one hard copy

g. If Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a

change to the Contract Documents, provide written notice thereof to the Engineer

immediately; and do not release for manufacture before such notice has been received

by the Engineer.

h. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer,

carry out the construction in accordance therewith; and make no further changes

therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer.

2. Engineer’s Responsibilities:

a. Engineer will not review shop drawings (including working drawings and product

data) that do not include the Contractor's approval stamp and required certification

statement. Such submittals will be returned to the Contractor, without action, for

correction.

b. Partial shop drawings (including working drawings and product data) will not be

reviewed. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a submittal is incomplete, that submittal

will be returned to the Contractor for completion. Such submittals may be returned

with comments from Engineer indicating the deficiencies requiring correction.

c. If shop drawings (including working drawings and product data) meet the submittal

requirements, Engineer will forward copies to appropriate reviewer(s). Otherwise,

noncompliant submittals will be returned to the Contractor without action - with the

Engineer retaining one copy.

d. Submittals which are transmitted in accordance with the specified requirements will

be reviewed by the Engineer within the time specified herein. The time for review will

commence upon receipt of submittal by Engineer.

3. Review of Shop Drawings (Including Working Drawings and Product Data) and Samples:

a. The review of shop drawings, working drawings, data and samples will be for general

conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. They shall not be

construed:

1) as permitting any departure from the Contract requirements.

2) as relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,

dimensions, and materials.

3) as approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, except as

otherwise provided herein.

b. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the

work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for

techniques of assembly, and for performing work in a safe manner.

c. If the shop drawings (including working drawings and product data) or samples as

submitted describe variations and indicate a deviation from the Contract requirements

that, in the opinion of the Engineer are in the interest of the Owner and are so minor as

not to involve a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, the Engineer may return

the reviewed drawings without noting an exception.

d. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "RED" in marking submittals.

e. Shop drawings will be returned to the Contractor with one of the following codes:





Code 1 - “APPROVED” - This code is assigned when there are no notations or

comments on the submittal. When returned under this code the Contractor may release

the equipment and/or material for manufacture.

Code 2 - "APPROVED AS NOTED" - This code is assigned when a confirmation of

the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. The Contractor may

release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and

comments must be incorporated into the final product.

Code 3 - "APPROVED AS NOTED/CONFIRM" - This combination of codes is

assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments is required by the

Contractor. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;

however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. This

confirmation shall specifically address each omission and nonconforming item that

was noted. Confirmation is to be received by the Engineer within 15 days of the date

of the Engineer's transmittal requiring the confirmation.

Code 4 - "APPROVED AS NOTED/RESUBMIT" - This combination of codes is

assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal

of the entire package. This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and non-

conforming items that were noted. Resubmittal is to be received by the Engineer

within 30 days of the date of the Engineer's transmittal requiring the resubmittal.

Code 5 - “NOT APPROVED” - This code is assigned when the submittal does not

meet the intent of the contract documents. The Contractor must resubmit the entire

package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. It may be necessary to

resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the requirements of the

contract documents.

Code 6 - “COMMENTS ATTACHED” - This code is assigned where there are

comments attached to the returned submittal, which provide additional data to aid the

Contractor.

Code 7 - “RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED (Not subject to Engineer’s Review or

Approval)” - This code is assigned to acknowledge receipt of a submittal that is not

subject to the Engineer’s review and approval, and is being filed for informational

purposes only. This code is generally used in acknowledging receipt of means and

methods of construction work plans, field conformance test reports, and health and

safety plans.

Codes 1 through 5 designate the status of the reviewed submittal with Code 6

indicates that some or all of the Engineer’s comments are included in an attachment.

f. Repetitive Reviews: Shop drawings, O&M manuals and other submittals will be

reviewed no more than twice at the Owner's expense. All subsequent reviews will be

performed at the Contractor's expense. Reimburse the Owner for all costs invoiced by

Engineer for the third and subsequent reviews.

4. Electronic Transmission:

a. Action Submittals may be transmitted by electronic means provided the following

conditions are met:

1) The above-specified transmittal form is included.

2) All other requirements specified above have been met including, but not limited

to, coordination by the Contractor, review and approval by the Contactor, and the

Contractor's Certification.

3) The submittal contains no pages or sheets large than 11 x 17 inches.





4) With the exception of the transmittal sheet, the entire submittal is included in a

single file.

5) The electronic files are PDF format (with printing enabled).

6) In addition, transmit one hard-copy (paper) originals to the Engineer.

7) The Engineer's review time will commence upon receipt of the hard copies of the

submittal.

8) For Submittals that require certification, corporate seal, or professional

embossment (i.e., P.E.s, Surveyors, etc.) transmit at least two hard-copy originals

to the Engineer. In addition, provide additional photocopied or scanned copies, as

specified above, showing the required certification, corporate seal, or

professional seal.

B. Informational Submittals:

1. Contractor's Responsibilities:

a. Number of copies: Submit three copies, unless otherwise indicated in individual

Specification sections.

b. Refer to individual technical Specification Sections for specific submittal

requirements.

2. Engineer’s Responsibilities:

a. The Engineer will review each informational submittal within 15 days. If the

informational submittal complies with the Contract requirements, Engineer will file

for the project record and transmit a copy to the Owner. Engineer may elect not to

respond to Contractor regarding informational submittals meeting the Contract

requirements.

b. If an informational submittal does not comply with the Contract requirements,

Engineer will respond accordingly to the Contractor within 15 days. Thereafter, the

Contractor shall perform the required corrective action, including retesting, if needed,

until the submittal, in the opinion of the Engineer, is in conformance with the Contract

Documents.

3. Electronic Transmission:

a. Informational submittals may be transmitted by electronic means providing all of the

following conditions are met:

1) The above-specified transmittal form is included.

2) The submittal contains no pages or sheets large than 11 x 17 inches.

3) With the exception of the transmittal sheet, the entire submittal is included in a

single file.

4) The electronic files are PDF format (with printing enabled).

5) For Submittals that require certification, corporate seal, or professional

embossment (i.e., P.E.s, Surveyors, etc.) transmit two hard-copy originals to the

Engineer.

END OF SECTION





P.E. CERTIFICATION FORM

The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is a professional engineer registered in the State

of ______________________________ and that he/she has been employed by

______________________________________________________________________ to design

(Company Name)

_____________________________________________________________________________

(Insert P.E. Responsibilities)

In accordance with Specification Section __________________________________________ for the

____________________________________________________________________________.

(Name of Project)

The undersigned further certifies that he/she has performed the said design in conformance with all

applicable local, state and federal codes, rules and regulations; and, that his/her signature and P.E. stamp

have been affixed to all calculations and drawings used in, and resulting from, the design.

The undersigned hereby agrees to make all original design drawings and calculations available to the

_______________________________________________________________________________

(Insert Name of Owner)

or Owner's representative within seven days following written request therefor by the Owner.

___________________________________ ___________________________________

P.E. Name Company Name

___________________________________ ___________________________________

Signature Signature

___________________________________ ___________________________________

P.E. Registration Number Title

___________________________________

Address

___________________________________

Address



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Construction Scheduling


SECTION 01311

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION

A. A Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedule shall be used to control the work of this

Contract and to provide a definitive basis for determining job progress. The construction

schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor. All work shall be done in accordance with the

established CPM schedule and the Contractor and his/her subcontractors shall be responsible for

cooperating fully with the Engineer and the Owner in effectively utilizing the CPM schedule.

B. The CPM schedule to be prepared and submitted by the Contractor shall consist of a CPM

network (diagram of activities) and a computer-generated schedule (print-out) as specified herein

unless another form of scheduling is agreed with the Engineer.

C. The computer-based schedule shall be the product of a recognized commercial computer software

producer and shall meet all of the requirements defined herein.

1.02 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Have the capability of preparing and utilizing the specified CPM scheduling technique.

1.03 NETWORK REQUIREMENTS

A. Activities that are completed or in process are to be identified on the network by contrasting

heavy lines. Each activity worked on should be proportional to the percentage of progress

achieved to date.

B. Restraints imposed by material deliveries, precedent activity durations or schedule adjustments,

are to be appropriately represented on the monthly update of the network.

1.04 COMPUTER-GENERATED SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS

A. Each computer-generated schedule submittal from the CPM activity network shall include the

following minimum items:

1. The percentage progress status of each activity shall be shown on the computer printout.

The percentage progress status will be used to support each Contractor’s periodic pay

estimate.

2. Actual start and completion dates are to be included in the computer printout.

3. All activities started and in progress should be flagged in the computer printout.

B. The work day to calendar date correlation shall be based on an 8-hour day and 40-hour week with

adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather and all other special requirements of the work.





1.05 INITIAL CONFERENCE

A. Within 7 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, meet with the Engineer at the pre-

construction meeting (Section 01046) to discuss and agree on the proposed standards for the

CPM schedule. At this conference submit to the Engineer a preliminary network defining the

planned operations during the first 30 days after Notice to Proceed. The general approach for the

balance of the project shall be indicated. Cost of activities expected to be completed or partially

completed before submission and approval of the complete network shall be included.

1.06 APPROVED CPM SCHEDULE

A. Within 15 days following the receipt of the Notice to Proceed, submit two prints of the proposed

CPM activity network and a computer-generated schedule to the Engineer. Following review by

the Engineer, the Contractor shall incorporate the Engineer's comments into the network and

submit five prints and two reproducibles of the revised network and two copies of the computer-

generated schedule. Submit final submittal to Engineer.

B. CPM schedules which contain activities showing negative float or which extend beyond the

contract completion date in the computer-generated schedule will not be approved.

C. Participate in the initial review and evaluation of the proposed network diagram and schedule by

the Engineer. The approved network shall then be the approved CPM schedule to be used for

planning, organizing and directing the work, and reporting progress.

D. Approval of the CPM activity network by the Engineer is advisory only and shall not relieve the

Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing the work within the contract completion date.

Omissions and errors in the approved CPM schedule shall not excuse performance less than that

required by the Contract. Approval by the Engineer in no way makes the Engineer an insurer of

the CPM schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns flowing from its shortcomings.

The Owner hereby disclaims any obligation or liability by reason of approval by its agent, the

Engineer, of the CPM schedule.

E. The network shall be submitted on sheets 11-in by 17-in and may be divided into as many

separate sheets as required.

1.07 PROGRESS REPORTING

A. Progress under the approved CPM schedule shall be evaluated monthly by the Contractor and the

Engineer. Not less than 7 days prior to each monthly progress meeting, they shall meet at the

jobsite and jointly evaluate the status of each activity on which work has started or is due to start,

based on the preceding CPM schedule; to show actual progress, to identify those activities started

and those completed during the previous period, to show the estimated time required to complete

or the percent complete of each activity started but not yet completed and to reflect any changes

indicated for the network. Activities shall not be considered to be complete until they are, in fact,

100 percent complete.

B. At each progress meeting, submit a narrative report based on the CPM schedule evaluation

described above, in a format agreed upon by the Contractor and the Engineer. The report shall

include a description of the progress during the previous period in terms of completed activities,

an explanation of each activity which is showing a delay, a description of problem areas, current





and anticipated delaying factors and their estimated impact on performance of other activities and

completion dates and an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. This report, as well

as the CPM Status Report, will be discussed at each progress meeting.

1.08 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SCHEDULE COMPLIANCE

A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current CPM schedule and CPM Status Report that

delays to the critical path have resulted and the contract completion date will not be met, or when

so directed by the Engineer, take some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the

Owner. Submit to the Engineer for approval, a written statement of the steps intended to take to

remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule:

1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will substantially eliminate

the backlog of work.

2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working days per week, the

amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing, sufficiently to

substantially eliminate the backlog of work.

3. Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of accomplishment of

activities and comply with the revised schedule.

B. If when so requested by the Engineer, failure to submit a written statement of the steps intended

to take or should fail to take such steps as approved by the Engineer, the Engineer may direct the

Contractor to increase the level of effort in man-power (trades), equipment and work schedule

(overtime, weekend and holiday work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove

or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule and the Contractor shall promptly

provide such level of effort at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.09 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION TIME

A. If the Contractor desires to make changes in his/her method of operating which affect the

approved CPM schedule, he/she shall notify the Engineer in writing stating what changes are

proposed and the reason for the change. If the Engineer approves these changes, the Contractor

shall revise and submit for approval, without additional cost to the Owner, all of the affected

portions of the CPM network. The CPM schedule shall be adjusted by the Contractor only after

prior approval of his/her proposed changes by the Engineer. Adjustments may consist of

changing portions of the activity sequence, activity durations, division of approved activities, or

other adjustments as may be approved by the Engineer. The addition of extraneous, non-working

activities and activities which add unapproved restraints to the CPM schedule shall not be

approved.

B. If the completion of any activity, whether or not critical, falls more than 100 percent behind its

approved duration, submit for approval a schedule adjustment showing each such activity divided

into two activities reflecting completed versus uncompleted work.

C. Shop drawings which are not approved on the first submittal or within the schedule time and

equipment which do not pass the specified tests shall be immediately rescheduled.





D. The contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this Contract. In the

event the Contractor requests an extension of any contract completion date, he/she shall furnish

such justification and supporting evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine

whether the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under the provisions of this Contract.

The Engineer will, after receipt of such justification and supporting evidence, make findings of

fact and will advise the Contractor in writing thereof. If the Engineer finds that the Contractor is

entitled to any extension of any contract completion date, the Engineer's determination as to the

total number of days extension shall be based upon the currently approved CPM schedule and on

all data relevant to the extension. Such data shall be included in the next updating of the

schedule. Actual delays in activities which, according to the CPM schedule, do not affect any

contract completion date shown by the critical path in the network will not be the basis for a

change therein.

E. Each request for change in any contract completion date shall be submitted by the Contractor to

the Engineer within 30 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is

requested but before the date of final payment under this Contract. No time extension will be

granted for requests which are not submitted within the foregoing time limit:

1. From time to time it may be necessary for the contract schedule or completion time to be

adjusted by the Owner to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, technical difficulties,

strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the Owner or its representatives and other

unforeseeable conditions which may indicate schedule adjustments or completion time

extensions. Under such conditions, the Engineer will direct the Contractor to reschedule the

work or contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the Contractor shall

revise his/her schedule accordingly. No additional compensation will be made to the

Contractor for such schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time

extensions beyond the actual completion of all unaffected work, in which case the

Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time extension and any additional

cost to the Owner. Available float time in the CPM schedule may be used by the Owner as

defined by the Engineer, as well as by the Contractor.



END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Photographic Documentation


SECTION 01322

PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to provide photographic docu-

mentation of the Project as specified herein for the following:

1. Pre-construction photographs.

2. Periodic construction progress photographs.

3. Post-construction photographs.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Project Record Documents are included in Section 01720.

B. Application for Payment is included in Section 01026.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with the submittal procedures for photographic documentation included

in Section 01300.

B. Qualification Data: Submit qualification data for professional photographer.

C. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and buildings with notation of vantage points marked

for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate street names, pipeline stationing. Include

same information as corresponding photographic documentation. Key plan shall show, at a min-

imum, pipeline alignment, pipeline stationing, street names, trees, landscape areas, identify

paved surfaces such as sidewalks, roadways, driveways, bike paths, and other paved surfaces

used by vehicles and pedestrians.

D. Work Plan: Submit a work plan following approval of the key plan, and prior to performing pre-

construction or post-construction photography. Work plan shall outline the procedures for the

pre-construction and post-construction photographs to be performed based on the Key Plan.

Work plans to be submitted include:

1. Pre-Construction Work Plan

2. Post-Construction Work Plan

E. Pre-Construction Photographs: Perform pre-construction photographs following the approval of

the pre-construction work plan by the Engineer. Contractor shall submit pre-construction pho-

tographs with each photograph referenced to the approved key plan to clearly indicate where

photograph was taken.





F. Post-Construction Photographs: Perform post-construction photographs following the approval

of the post-construction work plan by the Engineer. Submit post-construction photographs with

each photograph referenced to the approved key plan to clearly indicate where photograph was

taken.

G. Periodic Construction Progress Photographs: submit periodic construction photographs clearly

indicating the location of photographs in reference to the approved key plan for that portion of

the Project where construction photographs were taken. Key plan shall show the location of the

pipeline alignment, pipeline stationing limits for where photographs were obtained, and any

other relevant information. Submit periodic construction photos and key plan with each monthly

Application for Payment.

H. Submit Digital Photographs as follows:

1. File Format: Minimum 3200 by 2400 pixels, in unaltered original files, with same aspect

ratio as the sensor, uncropped, date and time stamped, in folder named by date of photo-

graph, accompanied by key plan file.

2. Submit digital photographs in data disk format as follows:

a. Full-size (12-cm / 4.7-inch diameter) CD-R, DVD-R and DVD+R single-use recorda-

ble discs are acceptable.

b. Package each disc in a hard plastic case, clearly and indelibly labeled using self-

adhesive labels specifically designed for labeling of discs. Include on the label the

project name, time period covered by the photographs contained on the disc, and pipe-

line stationing.

3. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file

metadata tag:

a. Name of Project.

b. Name and contact information for photographer.

c. Name of Engineer.

d. Name of Contractor.

e. Date and time photograph was taken.

f. Pipeline station number (if taken along the pipeline alignment).

g. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and

elevation or story of construction.

h. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

I. Usage rights: Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlim-

ited reproduction of photographic documentation.

J. Submit photographs with payment applications as required by Section 01026.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Photographs:





1. Provide digital photographs produced by a dedicated, fixed- or interchangeable-lens digital

camera. Images made with cell phones, tablets, webcams, and wearable cameras are not

acceptable.

2. Digital Camera: Have a minimum image resolution of 8megapixels, and produce images in

JPEG (.JPG) format with image dimensions of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. General: Take photographs that clearly show the Work. Exhibit correct exposure and focus, ac-

curate color balance, maximum depth of field, minimal optical distortion, and minimal noise.

Photographs that, in the Engineer’s opinion, do not meet these quality criteria will not be ac-

cepted and shall be re-taken at no additional cost to the Owner:

1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photo-

graphic location.

B. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, with-

out alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software:

1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image.

2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at Project

site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same manner as those sub-

mitted to Engineer.

C. Pre-Construction and Post-Construction Photographs: Take pre-construction photographs prior

to the start of the work based at the frequency, vantage points, and other locations as outlined in

the approved Work Plan(s). Take post-construction photographs before final completion; how-

ever after site work restoration and landscaping have been completed.

D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 10 photographs weekly, with timing each month ad-

justed to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select

vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken,

and shall include photographic coverage of the Work included in each monthly Application for

Payment (at a minimum).

E. Site Access and Restoration Photographs: Contractor shall take photographs of private property

before entering the property and after leaving/restoring private property. Photographs shall in-

clude a digital time setup. Contractor shall take different photographs to document site condi-

tion in the event resident issues a complaint.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Work As Directed by the Engineer


SECTION 01330

WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Work that may be required to be completed at the discretion of the Engineer.

1.02 EXECUTION

A. Contractor may be required by the Owner or Engineer to complete work during the project that

will be included in the lump sum pricing under the item Allowance - Work as Directed by the

Engineer in the Bid Form (Section 00400).

B. The cost for this work shall be included in the base bid for this contract and shall not be any less

or more than what is shown in the lump sum total price identified on the Bid Form in Section

00400 for this item.

C. Should this clause not be used, a credit from the contract for the total price value as stated for

Allowance – Work as Directed by the Engineer on the Bid Form in Section 00400 shall be made

by the Contractor in the lump sum price.

D. Contractor shall not perform or be paid for any work for Allowance – Work as Directed by the

Engineer without the written consent of the Engineer and the Owner.

E. Should this clause be used, the following process shall be used:

1. The Engineer will request a cost for the work to be completed.

2. The Contractor shall respond with a cost for this work.

3. The Owner shall approve this work and the cost will be deducted from the item Allowance

– Work as Directed by the Engineer in the schedule of prices.

4. The cost shall not exceed the remaining balance of this line item.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Work As Directed by the Engineer





Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Schedule of Values


SECTION 01370

SCHEDULE OF VALUES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Develop a Schedule of Values to be used for the Project.

B. It is the Owner’s intent that the Schedule of Values can also be used as a fair and expedient

method of deleting items from the Work, should the Owner so desire. Therefore, it is the

Contractor’s responsibility, as well as to his advantage, to make the schedule as detailed and the

items and their corresponding values as equitably determined and presented as possible.

C. The approved Schedule of Values may, at the discretion of the Engineer, be used as a guide in

determining the value of Work involved in change orders.


A. Conditions of the Contract are included in Section 00700 and 00800.

B. Application for Payment is included in Section 01026.

C. Submittals is included in Section 01300.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with the submittal procedures included in Section 01300.

B. Submit a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the work, within 15 days after

the effective date of the Agreement:

1. Upon request of the Engineer, Contractor shall support the values with data which will

substantiate their correctness.

2. The accepted Schedule of Values shall be used only as the basis for the Contractor's

Applications for Payment.

1.04 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Type schedule on 8-1/2-in by 11-in or 8-1/2-in by 14-in paper. Contractor's standard forms and

automated printout will be considered for approval by the Engineer upon Contractor's request.

Identify schedule with:

1. Title of Project and location.

2. Engineer and Project number.

3. Name and Address of Contractor.

4. Contract designation.





5. Date of submission.

B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the work in sufficient detail to

serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction.

C. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective Section.

D. For each major line item list sub-values of major products or operations under the item.

E. In so far as possible, total quantities and unit prices shall be shown for all items of Work,

separating for each item the materials and labor and such other sub-items as the Contractor may

desire. “Lump sum,” “miscellaneous,” and other such general entries in the schedule shall be

avoided whenever possible.

F. Items such as Bond premiums, insurance, temporary facilities, and equipment storage may be

listed separately in the Schedule of Values, provided the costs can be substantiated. Overhead

and profit shall not be listed as separate items.

G. For the various portions of the work:

1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and

profit.

2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down

the value into:

a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid. Paid invoices are

required for materials upon request by the Engineer.

b. The total installed value.

c. Each item shall include the percent of the total Contract Price.

H. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shall equal the total Contract Sum. No additional

payment will be allowed if the quantities shown in the Schedule of Values are less than those

actually required to accomplish the Work, unless the quantities are altered by a change order.

I. The value of mobilization shall not exceed 2 percent of the Contract Price.

J. In general the value of scheduled items shall not exceed 1% of the total Contract Sum.

1.05 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES

A. Submit a sub-schedule of unit costs and quantities for:

1. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products.

B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with each item identified the

same as the line item in the Schedule of Values.

C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste.





D. The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into:

1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the site, with taxes paid.

2. Copies of invoices for component material shall be included with the payment request in

which the material first appears.

3. Paid invoices shall be provided with the second payment request in which the material

appears or no payment shall be allowed and/or may be deleted from the request.

E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the

Schedule of Values.



END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Video Documentation


SECTION 01381

VIDEO DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to provide videographic

documentation.

B. Engage or employ a competent videographers to provide digital electography video recordings

and prepare deliverables (digital files), as specified herein.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Photographic Documentation is included in Section 01380.

B. Pay Applications are included in Section 01026.

C. Submittals are included in Section 01300.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. In accordance with Section 01300, Submittals, submit the following:

1. Pre-construction video recording prior to performing any Work.

2. Post-construction video recording.

B. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, DVDs, recordable optical disks, shall be DVD+R

disks (i.e., not rewritable). DVDs shall be furnished in plastic “jewel cases”. DVDs shall be

clearly labeled using printed labels specifically meant for labeling DVDs. Information contained

on the DVD label and jewel case shall include the project name, project number, name of

Owner, name of videographer, type of video and date taken.

C. Submit videos with payment applications as required by Section 01026.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDINGS

A. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all videography shall be taken using digital video

recorders with a resolution of 720p (i.e., 1280 x 720-pixel resolution), or better; with an aspect

ratio of 16:9.

B. Video cameras shall include an image stabilization feature to dampen movement. The image

stabilizer shall be activated whenever video camera is not physically stabilized on a tripod, e.g.

when vehicle mounted or handheld. Tripod mounting shall be used where practicable under the

project conditions.





1. The Engineer reserves the right to reject the videography because of poor quality, poor

lighting, poor focusing, or any other deficiency. Video recordings shall be panned slowly,

and be free from shaking, jerking, or jittery motion. Video recordings rejected by the

Engineer shall be retaken at no cost to the Owner.

C. All digital video recordings shall include a visible running time and date indication throughout

the recording.

D. Digital files shall be transmitted to the Engineer by DVD. No transmission by e-mail or flash

drive will be permitted or accepted.

2.02 USE OF VIDEOS

A. Work produced under this Section shall be considered “work made for hire” under the

Copyright Act and the Owner shall be the copyright owner of all aspects, elements and

components. The Contractor transfers, assigns and conveys exclusive copyright ownership in

and to such materials to the Owner free and clear of any liens, claims and encumbrances. The

agreements between the Contractor and photographer shall contain a provision containing these

requirements.

B. All video recordings resulting from work under this Contract shall become the property of the

Owner and may be used in whole or in part and in such manner or for such purpose as the

Owner may desire without any additional compensation to the Contractor or photographer.

C. Neither the Contractor nor the videographer shall retain any rights pertaining to the video

recordings; nor shall they reproduce or otherwise publish or disseminate any of the media

resulting under this Contract without prior written approval of the Owner.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION

A. Prior to commencing any work at the project site(s), video record all work areas to indicate pre-

existing conditions. Video recording shall be as continuous as reasonably possible; and capture

all areas (work areas and adjacent properties) that will or may be affected by the Contractor.

Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Engineer’s representative shall be in attendance

during the pre-construction video.

B. Video recordings shall be accompanied by descriptive audio. The audio shall be a narration

describing and explaining the images being recorded.

C. The appropriate panning speed and level of detail needed depends on the nature and size of the

project. The Contractor shall understand that the purpose of documenting pre-existing

conditions is to facilitate resolution of alleged or apparent damage caused by the Contractor.

Therefore it is in the best interest of the Contractor to provide a good quality video recording,

with sufficient level of detail to identify existing conditions. In the absence of exculpatory

documentation, the Contractor will be deemed to have caused the damage and will be required

to repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Owner or respective property owner.

D. Provide to the Engineer two DVDs, each with copies of the digital video files.





3.02 POST-CONSTRUCTION

A. Before Final Completion, however, after site work, restoration, and landscaping have been

completed, video record all accessible work areas to indicate and document status as of the

contractual milestone. Video recording shall be as continuous as reasonably possible; and

capture all areas of new work and all existing areas that have been modified by the Contractor

with special attention to film driveways, landscaped areas, and grassy area on private property.

B. Video recordings shall be accompanied by descriptive audio. The audio shall be a narration

describing and explaining the images being recorded.

C. Provide to the Engineer two DVDs, each with copies of the digital video files.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Pipeline Cleaning and Testing for Service


SECTION 01445

PIPELINE CLEANING AND TESTING FOR SERVICE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and test, clean, chlorinate, and

place into service the water transmission main system installed complete under this Contract as

specified herein.

B. Cleaning, hydrostatic testing, disinfection, sampling, dechlorination of installed pipe material.

C. Prior to disinfecting the entire pipe material installed complete under this Contract, all pipe

materials shall have been cleaned, hydrostatic tested, and passed the required tests.

D. Pipe material installed complete is defined as the complete installation of the entire pipe

material including but not limited to: pipe, fittings, restraints, temporary services, pipe

replacement, valve installation, and lined segments of the water main.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Construction constraints is included in Section 01014.

B. Ductile iron pipe and fittings is included in Section 02616.

C. Cured-in-place pipe is included in Section 02766.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, materials required to establish compliance with this

Section for shop drawings. Submittals shall include the following:

B. Submit notification of testing to the Engineer for each segment to be tested a minimum of 20

days prior to the start of each test.

C. Cleaning and Hydrostatic Testing Plan: Submit the Cleaning and Hydrostatic Testing Plan at

least 10 days prior to the start of cleaning and hydrostatic testing. The plan shall include the

following (at a minimum):

1. General procedure description; source of water to be used to fill and flush pipeline; filling

and blowoff locations to be used; location of restrained bulkheads; length of pipe to be

tested; location of pipe segment; test pressures and calculation of test pressures; method of

pressure monitoring; schedule for testing; testing personnel, and role of each individual;

other equipment or appurtenances required for testing.

2. Cleaning and field hydrostatic testing plan shall also include location where water will be

discharged to, overview of draining procedures, method and location of disposal and

dechlorination of water following the test.





3. The method and procedures for performing the hydrostatic pressure test for Temporary

Service Pipe (Section 02666), and CIPP pipe (Section 02766) shall be approved by the

Engineer prior to performance of the test. Cleaning and hydrostatic testing shall meet the

requirements of this Section and AWWA C600.

D. Disinfection and Bacteriological Sampling Plan: Submit the Disinfection and Bacteriological

Sampling Plan at least 10 days prior to the start of chlorination of the pipeline.

1. General procedure description; method of disinfection including chemical used and

chemical concentration; special disinfection procedures (where applicable); source of water

to be used to fill pipeline; filling and blow-off locations; staging areas and equipment

locations; segment of pipeline to be disinfected (using street names); sampling procedures

including location samples will be obtained from; laboratory that will test samples and

applicable certifications; schedule for performing the work; disinfection and sample

collection personnel, and role of each individual; other equipment or appurtenances

required for disinfection and bacteriological sampling and analysis.

E. Submittal of completed Hydrostatic Testing Worksheets.

F. Submittal of completed Disinfection Worksheets.

G. Submittal of bacteriological sample results corresponding to the pipeline location for the pipe

being disinfected at the locations approved in Disinfection and Bacteriological Sampling Plan.

H. Submit meter to be used for water addition during hydrostatic testing. Include meter

identification number such as serial number that is easily identifiable to Engineer during

performance of the Work. Include verification that meter is fully calibrated.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

1. AWWA M28 – Rehabilitation of Water Mains.

2. AWWA C651 – Disinfection Water Mains.

B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid

opening shall apply.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 WATER FOR CLEANING AND TESTING

A. Water shall be provided by the Owner in accordance with Section 01044.

2.02 RESTRAINED BULKHEADS

A. Restrained bulkheads (such as restrained mechanical joint caps or plugs) shall be restrained by

mechanical joint restraint approved for use with the adjoining ductile iron pipe material Section

02616. No pipe (lined or unlined) shall be directly tapped.





B. Restrained bulkheads shall be temporary, and shall be designed to withstand the test pressures

on either side of the bulkhead. It should be assumed that the interior of the bulkhead shall be

exposed to the hydrostatic pressure of the pipeline segment to be tested, and the exterior of the

bulkhead exposed to atmospheric air.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. All chlorinated water used for filling, cleaning, or testing shall be dechlorinated to meet all

NDPES permit or other discharge permit requirements as required.

B. Furnish all necessary pumps, equipment and labor for cleaning, testing, and chlorinating all

pipelines and associated appurtenances. The procedures and methods shall be approved by the

Engineer.

C. Furnish all necessary caps, plugs, etc., as required in conjunction with testing pipelines. Furnish

a test pump, gauges and any other equipment required in conjunction with carrying out the

chlorination procedures.

D. Placement of the entire temporary service or lined pipe into service for potable water

consumption shall occur following receipt of successful bacteriological sample results

performed by the Contractor, and written approval by the Owner or Engineer.

E. Clean the pipelines as pipe laying progresses, and connecting between segments of pipeline.

Connections between pipeline segments that are less than 20-feet long shall be swabbed.

3.02 CLEANING PIPELINES

A. Before any testing has begun thoroughly clean the internal diameter of all new pipelines by

flushing with water or other means to remove all stones, pieces of wood or other material which

may have entered during the construction period. Where dirt is removed from the interior

surface, the surface of the pipe shall be swabbed with a 1 to 5 percent hypochlorite disinfecting

solution in accordance with AWWA C651.

3.03 FILLING, CLEANING AND HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING

A. Water for hydrostatic testing shall be provided by the Owner in accordance with Section 01044.

B. After installation, the pipe shall be cleaned and tested for compliance as specified herein.

C. Flushing of the pipeline shall occur to the minimum pipeline volumes outlined in AWWA

C651. Prior to the start of flushing operations, fill the pipeline slowly with water. Maintain a

flow velocity less than 1 foot per second during initial filling. After the initial filling of the

pipeline, proceed with flushing operations.

D. Water that is wasted during flushing operations must be dechlorinated in accordance with

AWWA C655 prior to discharge. Discharged water shall be dechlorinated to achieve a total

chlorine residual of 0.05 mg/L at the point of discharge, or other approved discharge

concentration required by permit. Contractor shall pay for and provide all sampling data and

dechlorination equipment and materials to achieve this total chlorine residual. Discharge shall





be to the location approved in the pipeline testing and cleaning procedure to be prepared by and

submitted by the Contractor as specified in Part 1.03 of this section.

E. Hydrostatic testing shall be performed following the cleaning of temporary service and CIPP

lined pipe.

F. Hydrostatic test pressures shall not varying by ± 5-psi for the duration of the test unless

otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any water addition during this period shall be added

through the approved calibrated water meter. Approved meter shall have meter notification

number clearly affixed to it.

G. All valves shall remain open for the duration of the hydrostatic test. The hydrostatic test shall

not be performed against any closed valves.

H. The hydrostatic test pressure for CIPP line pipe shall be performed at a pressure of 110-psi.

Temporary service pipe hydrostatic test pressure shall be at 60-psi. Both tests shall be

performed at the lowest point along the test segment, and maintained for a minimum of 2 hours

for all pipe material. The hydrostatic testing allowances shall not exceed those indicated in

AWWA C600 or AWWA C605. Provide suitable restrained bulkheads as required to complete

the hydrostatic testing specified.

I. Contractor shall furnish all necessary caps, plugs, restraint, etc., as may be required in

conjunction with performing the testing.

J. All valves and valve boxes shall be properly located and installed and operable prior to testing.

Restrained bulkheads shall be provided with a sufficient number of outlets for filling and

draining the line and for venting air.

K. Furnish gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment needed to fill the line slowly and

perform the required hydrostatic pressure tests.

L. Duration of pressure test shall not be less than 2 hours. All leaks evident at the surface shall be

repaired and leakage eliminated regardless of the total leakage as shown by test. Lines which

fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until test requirements are complied

with. Defective materials, pipes, valves and accessories shall be removed and replaced.

M. The hydrostatic testing procedure prepared by the Contractor shall generally be as follows:

1. Expel air completely from the line during filling and again before applying test pressure.

Air will be expelled by means of taps at points of highest elevation.

2. Apply initial test pressure and allow to stand without makeup pressure for two to three

hours, to allow for diametric expansion or pipe stretching to stabilize.

3. After this equilibrium period, apply the specified test pressure and turn the pump off. The

final test pressure will be held for two hours, and be measured from the lowest pipeline

elevation of the segment to be tested. No additional taps to the water transmission main

will be allowed to accommodate the hydrostatic test.

4. Upon completion of the test, the pressure will be bled off from a location other than the

point where the pressure is monitored. The pressure drop will be witnessed by the





Engineer at the point where the pressure is being monitored and will show on the recorded

pressure read-out submitted to the Engineer.

N. The amount of leakage that will be permitted for the hydrostatic test will be in accordance with

the following formula for temporary pipe:

000,148

)( PDLQ =

Where: Q = testing allowance (allowable makeup water), gallons per hour

L = length of pipe section being tested, feet

D = nominal pipe diameter, inches

P = Average test pressure of the hydrostatic test, psi

O. The amount of leakage for CIPP lined pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F1216 or ASTM

F2019.

P. No pipe will be accepted if the volume of makeup water added during the test period exceeds

the testing allowance for that segment of pipe. If any test of a new pipeline discloses a volume

of makeup water greater than that allowed, repairs or replacement shall be accomplished in

accordance with the contract documents until the pipeline segment passes the hydrostatic test.

Q. Contractor shall leave approved pipeline segments full of water upon completion of hydrostatic

testing except where internal temporary restrained bulkheads must be removed to allow

construction to continue.

R. Complete the Hydrostatic Testing Worksheet included in this Section for each test. Submit

worksheet to the Engineer no more than 24 hours following the completion of testing.

3.04 CHLORINATION, BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING, AND DECHLORINATION OF

PIPELINES

A. Before being placed in service, all potable watermain pipe (temporary service and CIPP lined

pipe) shall be chlorinated using the continuous feed method specified in AWWA C651. The

procedure shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of the Work in accordance with Part 1

of this Section.

B. Water used for chlorination and testing shall be provided by the Owner in accordance with

Section 01044.

C. The location of the chlorination and sampling points shall be determined by the Engineer in the

field with input from the Contractor. Direct taps shall not be installed on the existing pipe or

newly CIPP lined water main to accommodate chlorination and testing.

D. The general procedure for chlorination shall be first to flush all dirty or discolored water from

the lines and then introduce chlorine in approved dosages through a tap at one end, while water

is being withdrawn at the other end of the line. The chlorine solution shall remain in the pipeline

for a minimum of 24 hours.





E. Following the chlorination period, all treated water shall be flushed from the temporary service

and CIPP lined pipe at the extremities, and replaced with potable water to not cause harm to the

pipe material system. All treated water flushed from the pipe material shall be disposed of by

discharging to the locations approved by the Owner or Engineer. The treated water shall be

dechlorinated in accordance with AWWA C651 requirements.

F. Collect and analyze bacteriological samples in accordance with AWWA C651. The Colilert test

is not an acceptable test for determining coliform count. Contractor shall collect and pay for all

sampling and testing.

G. Collected bacteriological samples shall be analyzed by a laboratory certified by the Illinois

Environmental Protection Agency. The Engineer may collect and analyze bacteriological

samples for Quality Assurance of the Contractor’s procedures.

H. Special disinfecting procedures shall be used in connections to existing pipelines, and where the

method outlined above is not practical. Include any special disinfection procedures in the

Disinfection Plan.

I. Complete the Disinfection Worksheet included in this Section for each test. Submit worksheet

to the Engineer no more than 24 hours following the completion of testing.

J. If the results of the bacteriological analysis show the presence of coliform bacteria

contamination, the main shall be re-flushed, re-chlorinated, and re-sampled. The water

transmission main shall not be placed into service until the requirements of the Illinois

Environmental Protection Agency are met.

K. If the results of the bacteriological analysis do not show the presence of coliform bacteria

contamination, the Contractor shall submit a record of compliance as included in Part 1 to the

Engineer.

L. Final acceptance of the temporary service and CIPP lined pipe shall be made by the Engineer.

3.05 PLACEMENT INTO SERVICE

A. Upon successful bacteriological test results obtained, analyzed, and determined to be acceptable

by the Owner, the temporary service pipe and CIPP lined pipe shall be placed into service by

connecting to existing systems.

B. Final connection of the lined pipe shall be made by removing the restrained bulkhead,

swabbing, and installing final closure pieces of less than 20-feet in length to the connection

locations. Disinfection of this connection by swabbing shall be in accordance with this Section.

(Worksheets Follow)





HYDROSTATIC TESTING WORKSHEET

Worksheet Instructions

1. Record the date the hydrostatic testing was performed and the source of the potable water to be used for the test.

2. Record the section of pipe to be tested (by station number).

3. Record the time the pipe was filled. Fill the pipe slowly to prevent water hammer.

4. Record the time the test starts and the test pressure. See Specifications for required test pressure.

5. Record the pressure at regular intervals during the test. Add makeup water as needed to keep the pressure within 5 psi of the required test

pressure. Record the amount of makeup water added and the pressure after the water was added.

6. Record the calculated acceptance criteria for the pipeline being tested. Attach calculations to worksheet.

6. Record the time the test ends. The test shall last for duration as specified.

7. During the test, inspect the entire length of the tested pipeline. Record any leaking, damage, and defective pipe, fittings, valves, and joints. Once

repaired, the hydrostatic test shall be repeated.

8. Sign the form; submit to the Engineer as specified.

Hydrostatic Test Date: Potable Water Supply:

Section Tested:

Start Station End Station

Pipe Filled: Note: if pipe is cement-mortar lined, leave pipe filled for a minimum of

24 hrs to allow for water absorption into lining; refill pipe as necessary

after the 24-hr period. Expel air from air valves before testing begins.

Time

Test Start: Test Pressure at Start: psi

Time

Recording

Pressure

(psi)

Makeup Water

Added (gal)

Pressure after Makeup Water

Added (psi)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Test End:

Time

Observations

Inspect entire length of the pipeline during test. Note any leaking, damage, and defective pipe, fittings, valves, and joints.

Hydrostatic test and inspection performed by:

Printed Name Signature Date





DISINFECTION WORKSHEET

Worksheet Instructions

1. Record the date the disinfection was performed and the source of the potable water used for disinfection.

2. Note or make a check mark next to the cleaning method, form of chlorine, and disinfection method employed.

3. The table/tranule method shall not be used.

4. For the Continuous-Feed or Slug methods are employed, note the location of the chlorine feed and record the chlorine concentration of the feed at

regular time intervals.

5. If the Slug method is employed, record the chlorine concentration in the slug at regular intervals, and no more than 4,000 LF intervals, as it moves

through the transmission main.

6. Record when the disinfection process begins, when the pipeline has been completely filled (N/A for Slug method) and when the pipeline has been

flushed.

7. Record the date and time and location that samples have been collected; record the chlorine residual and total coliforms.

8. Sign the form; submit to the Engineer as specified.

Hydrostatic Test Date: Potable Water Supply:

Method of Cleaning Used

Flushing at 3 ft/s Pigging Broom-Sweeping

Form of Chlorine Used

Liquid Chlorine Sodium Hypochlorite Calcium Hypochlorite

(AWWA B301) (AWWA B300) (AWWA B300)

Method of Disinfection Used

NOT ALLOWED Tablet/Granule Continuous-Feed Slug

Disinfection

Continuous-Feed/Slug Slug

Chlorine Feed

Concentration Station Date Time Cl Conc.

Slug Chlorine

Concentration Station Date Time Cl Conc.

Sample 1

Sample 2

Sample 3

Sample 4

Sample 5

Disinfection Start Pipe Filled Pipe Flushed

Date Time (Slug=N/A) Date Time Date Time

Bacteriological Sampling

Station

Sample A Sample B

Sample ID Date Time Cl Residual Total Coliform Sample ID Date Time Cl Residual Total Coliform

Disinfection procedures inspected by:

Printed Name Signature Date

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Site Security Measures


SECTION 01560

SITE SECURITY MEASURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Measures taken to control and regulate access and deliveries to the work area.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Construction constraints are included in Section 01014.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, the following:

1. List of all Contractor staff, all tiers of subcontractor’s staff, manufacturer’s representatives,

technicians, and other personnel intended to work on the site. The list shall include all of

the information outlined in Part 1.04 below. List shall be submitted at least 10 days prior to

Contractor mobilization for performance of the Work.

1.04 BACKGROUND CHECKS

A. The Owner reserves the right to request and receive such information as required to complete a

background check on any person that must enter the site as allowed by law and without cost to

the Owner.

1.05 PROTECTION OF THE WORK ZONE

A. Traffic control measures shall be as indicated in Section 02550. These represent the minimum

required combination of traffic control devices needed for the particular construction operation.

Construction operations created by the Contractor’s operations that are not covered by the

Section 02550 shall be delineated by devices as directed by the Engineer or agency having

jurisdiction at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. The immediate work zone where open trenches are constructed shall be protected from vehicle

and pedestrian traffic, and secured at the end of each work day to prevent the general public

from entering the Work.

C. The general public shall be kept out of the work zone at all times.

1.06 PRODUCTIVITY LOST FOR NON-COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITY MEASURES

A. Costs incurred by the Contractor due to non-compliance with security measures (e.g., not

complying with the requirements of the jurisdiction having authority or the Contract Documents

etc.) shall not be cause for additional Contract Time or additional compensation for the

Contractor.

B. The Contractor shall anticipate additional time and costs for employee arrivals, deliveries, and

departures to and from the site.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Site Security Measures


C. Failure to comply with these security measures may lead to stop of work with no additional

Contract Time or additional compensation granted to the Contractor.



END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Delivery, Storage and Handling


SECTION 01600

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section specifies the general requirements for the delivery, handling, storage and

protection for all items required in the construction of the work. Specific requirements, if any,

are specified with the related item.

1.02 TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY

A. Transport and handle items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Schedule delivery to reduce long term on-site storage prior to installation and/or operation.

Under no circumstances shall equipment be delivered to the site more than one month prior to

installation without written authorization from the Engineer.

C. Coordinate delivery with installation to ensure minimum holding time for items that are

hazardous, flammable, easily damaged or sensitive to deterioration.

D. Deliver products to the site in manufacturer's original sealed containers or other packing

systems, complete with instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing.

E. All items delivered to the site shall be unloaded and placed in a manner which will not hamper

the Contractor's normal construction operation or those of subcontractors and other contractors

and will not interfere with the flow of necessary traffic.

F. Provide necessary equipment and personnel to unload all items delivered to the site.

G. Promptly inspect shipment to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are

correct and items are undamaged. For items furnished by others (i.e., Owner, other Contractors),

perform inspection in the presence of the Engineer. Notify Engineer verbally, and in writing, of

any problems.

H. If any item has been damaged, such damage shall be repaired at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Store and protect products in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, with seals and

labels intact and legible. Storage instruction shall be studied by the Contractor and reviewed

with the Engineer by him/her. Instruction shall be carefully followed and a written record of this

kept by the Contractor. Arrange storage to permit access for inspection.

B. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with

foreign matter.

C. Cement and lime shall be stored under a roof and off the ground and shall be kept completely

dry at all times. All structural, miscellaneous and reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground

or otherwise to prevent accumulations of dirt or grease and in a position to prevent



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Delivery, Storage and Handling


accumulations of standing water and to minimize rusting. Beams shall be stored with the webs

vertical. Precast concrete shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations of

dirt, standing water, staining, chipping or cracking. Brick, block and similar masonry products

shall be handled and stored in a manner to reduce breakage, cracking and spalling to a

minimum.

D. All mechanical and electrical equipment and instruments subject to corrosive damage by the

atmosphere if stored outdoors (even though covered by canvas) shall be stored in a weathertight

building to prevent injury. The building may be a temporary structure on the site or elsewhere,

but it must be satisfactory to the Engineer. Building shall be provided with adequate ventilation

to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by

manufacturer:

1. All equipment shall be stored fully lubricated with oil, grease and other lubricants unless

otherwise instructed by the manufacturer.

2. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum of once weekly to ensure proper lubrication and

to avoid metal-to-metal "welding". Upon installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall

start the equipment, at least half load, once weekly for an adequate period of time to ensure

that the equipment does not deteriorate from lack of use.

3. Lubricants shall be changed upon completion of installation and as frequently as required

thereafter during the period between installation and acceptance. New lubricants shall be

put into the equipment at the time of acceptance.

4. Prior to acceptance of the equipment, the Contractor shall have the manufacturer inspect

the equipment and certify that its condition has not been detrimentally affected by the long

storage period. Such certifications by the manufacturer shall be deemed to mean that the

equipment is judged by the manufacturer to be in a condition equal to that of equipment

that has been shipped, installed, tested and accepted in a minimum time period. As such,

the manufacturer will guaranty the equipment equally in both instances. If such a

certification is not given, the equipment shall be judged to be defective. It shall be removed

and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

E. All paint and other coating products shall be stored in areas protected from the weather. Follow

all storage requirements set forth by the paint and coating manufacturers.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Contract Closeout


SECTION01700

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section specifies administrative, verification and procedural requirements for project

closeout, including but not limited to:

1. Cleaning in Section 01710.

2. Project Record Documents Section 01720.

3. Spare parts and maintenance materials (spare paint, lubricants, special tools) (applicable

Sections in Divisions 2).

4. Record Shop Drawings Section 01300.

5. Warranties, guarantees, and bonds Section 01740 and applicable Sections in Technical

Division 2.

6. Reconciliation of final accounting, final change order, final payment application (General

Conditions) and Contractor's releases.

7. Permit close-outs including Certificate of Completion.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) data and manuals Section 01730 and applicable Sections in

Technical Divisions.

1.03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Provide all deliverables as specified, prior to submitting the final payment application.

B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities having

applicable jurisdiction including but not limited to permit close out information, certificates of

occupancy, etc.

C. Submit Application for Final Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous

payments and sum remaining due, following submittal and approval of Record Documents and

Record Drawings.

D. Submit Contractor's Final Release and Release of Liens with final payment application.

1.04 FINAL CLEANING

A. Contractor to complete final cleaning prior to submittal of the final application for payment.

B. Contractor to comply with requirements as specified in Section 01710.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Contract Closeout




END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Cleaning


SECTION 01710

CLEANING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Execute general cleaning of dirt and other debris during progress of the work, and at completion

of the work, as required by General Conditions.

B. Maintain clean footwear when entering residential homes.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract are included in Section 00700.

B. Each Section: Cleaning for specific products or work.

1.03 DISPOSAL AND CLEANING

A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations and

anti-pollution laws.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or property and which

will not damage surfaces.

B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface

material to be cleaned.

C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. Execute periodic cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from

accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction

operations.

B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish as necessary.

C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose of at legal

disposal areas away from the site.

D. Contractors shall not enter residential homes with dirty footwear. Only clean footwear shall be

worn by Contractor when entering residential homes.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Cleaning


3.02 DUST CONTROL

A. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will be

contained and not become a nuisance. If Engineer determines dust is a nuisance, Contractor

shall be directed to adjust cleaning operations to minimize dust.

B. Clean pavement surfaces during the performance of the Work and at the end of each workday to

maintain pavement free of debris.

3.03 SNOW REMOVAL

A. During the progress of the Work, should snow accumulate in the Contractor’s work zone,

Contractor shall be responsible for removing any snow hindering their Work.

3.04 FINAL CLEANING

A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.

B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other foreign

materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.

C. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of the grounds.

D. Prior to final completion, or Owner occupancy, conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior

and exterior surfaces and all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Project Record Documents


SECTION 01720

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE

A. The Contractor shall keep and maintain, at the job site, a copy of contract documents, marked

up to indicate all changes made during the course of a project, as specified herein.


A. Record shop drawings as included in Section 01300.

B. Contract close-out submittals as included in Section 01700.

C. Operation and maintenance data as included in Section 01730.

D. Warranties and bonds as included in Section 01740.


A. Contractor shall maintain a record copy of the following documents, marked up to indicate all

changes made during the course of a project:

1. Contract Drawings.

2. Specifications.

B. Contractor shall assemble copies of the following record documents for turnover to the

Engineer at the end of the project, as specified:

1. Field Orders, Change Orders, and Design Modifications.

2. RFIs.

3. Field Test records.

4. Permits and permit close-outs (final approvals).

5. Certificate of Completion.

6. Laboratory test reports (e.g., bacteriological water quality).

7. Certificates of Compliance for materials and equipment.

8. Record Shop Drawings.

C. Record Drawings:

1. The Contractor shall annotate (mark-up) the Contract Drawings to indicate all project

conditions, locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations that vary from





the original Contract Drawings. This requirement includes, but is not limited to, buried or

concealed construction, and utility features that are revealed during the course of

construction. Special attention shall be given to recording the locations (horizontal and

vertical) and material of all buried utilities that are encountered during construction –

whether or not they were indicated on the Contract Drawings. The record information

added to the drawings may be supplemented by detailed sketches, if necessary, clearly

indicating, the Work, as constructed.

2. These annotated Contract Drawings constitute The Contractor's Record Drawings and are

actual representations of as-built conditions, including all revisions made necessary by

change orders, design modifications, requests for information and field orders.

3. Record drawings shall be accessible to the Owner and Engineer at all times during the

construction period.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES

A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for

construction:

1. Provide files and racks for storage of the record documents.

B. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible, condition and in good order. Do not use record

documents for construction purposes.

C. Make documents and sample available for inspection by the Engineer or Owner at all times.

D. Up-to-date Record Drawings may be a pre-requisite of processing periodic monthly pay

applications.

3.02 MARKING METHOD

A. Use the color Red (indelible ink) to record information on the Drawings and Specifications.

B. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters.

C. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, notations shall be affixed to hardcopies of documents.

D. Record information contemporaneously with construction progress.

E. Legibly mark drawings with as-built information:

1. Depths and dimensions of structures and structural elements.

2. All underground utilities (piping and electrical), structures, and appurtenances:

a. Changes to existing structure, piping and appurtenance locations.





b. Record horizontal and vertical locations of underground structures, piping, utilities

and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.

c. Record actual installed pipe material, class, size, joint type, etc.

3.03 RECORD INFORMATION COMPILATION

A. Do not conceal any work until the required information is acquired.

B. Items to be recorded include, but are not limited to:

1. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction – referenced

to visible and accessible features.

2. Field changes of dimensions and/or details:

a. Piping relocations.

b. Appurtenance relocations.

C. Changes made by Field Order, Change Order, design modification, and RFI.

D. Details not indicated on the original Contract Drawings.

E. Specifications - legibly mark each Section to record:

1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of

equipment actually installed.

2. Changes made by Field Order, Change Order, RFI, and approved shop drawing.

3.04 SUBMITTAL

A. Monthly applications for payment will be contingent upon up-to-date Record Drawings. If

requested by the Engineer or Owner, Contractor shall provide a copy of the Record Drawings,

or present them for review prior to processing monthly applications for payment.

B. Upon substantial completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall

finalize and deliver a complete set of Record Drawings to the Engineer conforming to the

construction records of the Contractor. The set of drawings shall consist of corrected and

annotated drawings showing the recorded location(s) of the Work. Unless specified otherwise

elsewhere, Record Drawings shall be in the form of a set of prints with annotations carefully

and neatly superimposed on the drawings in red.

C. Upon substantial completion of the Work and prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall

finalize and deliver a complete set of Record Documents to the Engineer conforming to the

construction records of the Contractor. The set of documents shall consist of corrected and

annotated documents showing the as-installed equipment and all other as-built conditions not

indicated on the Record Drawings.

D. The information submitted by the Contractor into the Record Drawings and Record Documents

will be assumed to be correct, and the Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of such

information, and shall bear the costs resulting from the correction of incorrect data.





E. Delivery of Record Drawings and Record Documents to the Engineer will be a prerequisite to

Final payment.

F. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all books, records, and documents pertinent to the

performance under this Agreement for a period of five years following completion of the

contract.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Operation and Maintenance Data


SECTION 01730

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section includes procedural requirements for compiling and submitting operation and

maintenance data required to complete the project.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Submittals are included in Section 01300.

B. Contract closeout is included in Section 01700.

C. Warranties and Bonds are included in Section 01740.

1.03 OPERATING MANUALS

A. Provide specific operation and maintenance instructions for all electrical, mechanical, and

instrumentation & controls equipment furnished under various technical specifications Sections.

B. Separate manuals shall be provided for each type of equipment, or each Section number. Each

manual shall contain the following:

1. Format and Materials:

a. Binders:

1) Commercial quality three ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers.

2) Maximum ring width capacity: 3 inches.

3) When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent

groupings/volumes.

b. Identification: Identify each volume on the cover and spine with typed or printed title

"OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". Include the following:

1) Title of Project.

2) Identify the general subject matter covered in the manual.

3) Identify structure(s) and/or location(s), of the equipment provided.

4) Specification Section number.

c. 20 lb loose leaf paper, with hole reinforcement.

d. Page size: 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch.

e. Provide heavy-duty fly leafs (section separators), matching the table of contents, for

each separate product, each piece of operating equipment, and organizational sections

of the manual.

f. Provide reinforced punched binder tab; bind in with text.

g. Reduce larger drawings and fold to the size of text pages - but not larger than 11

inches x 17 inches - or provide a suitable clear plastic pocket (with drawing

identification) for such folded drawings/diagrams.

2. Contents:

a. A table of contents/Index, divided into section reflective of the major components

provided.





b. Specific description of each system and components.

c. Name, address, telephone number(s) and e-mail address(es) of vendor(s) and local

service representative(s).

d. Specific on-site operating instructions (including starting and stopping procedures).

e. Safety considerations.

f. Project specific operational procedures and recommended log sheet(s).

g. Project specific maintenance procedures.

h. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions – specific to the project.

i. Copy of each wiring diagram.

j. Copy of approved shop drawing(s) and Contractor's coordination/layout drawing(s).

k. List of spare parts and recommended quantities.

l. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component

parts and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.

m. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of

equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams.

n. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating

manufacturer's instructions specified.

o. Warranties and Bonds, as specified in the General Conditions.

3. Transmittals:

a. Prepare separate transmittal sheets for each manual. Each transmittal sheet shall

include at least the following: the Contractor's name and address, Owner's name,

project name, project number, submittal number, description of submittal and number

of copies submitted.

b. Submittals shall be transmitted or delivered directly to the office of the Engineer, as

indicated in the Contact Documents or as otherwise directed by the Engineer.

c. Provide copies of transmittals (only, i.e., without copies of the respective submittal)

directly to the Resident Project Representative.

C. Manuals for Equipment and Systems - In addition to the requirements listed above, for each

System, provide the following:

1. Overview of system and description of unit or system and component parts. Identify

function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. Include legible

performance curves, with engineering data and tests and complete nomenclature and

commercial number of replaceable parts.

2. Panelboard circuit directories including electrical service characteristics, controls and

communications and color-coded wiring diagrams as installed.

3. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in and routine normal operating instructions

and sequences; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions; and

summer, winter and any special operating instructions.

4. Maintenance Requirements:

a. Procedures and guides for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly

instructions.

b. Alignment, adjusting, balancing and checking instructions.

c. Servicing and lubrication schedule and list of recommended lubricants.

d. Manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.

e. Sequence of operation by instrumentation and controls manufacturer.





f. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams

required for maintenance.

5. Control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed (as-built).

6. Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams, as installed (as-

built).

7. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and

control diagrams. Include equipment and instrument tag numbers on diagrams.

8. List of original manufacturer's spare parts and recommended quantities to be maintained in

storage.

9. Test and balancing reports, as required.

10. Additional Requirements as specified in individual product specification.

11. Design data for systems engineered by the Contractor or its Suppliers.

D. Electronic Transmission of O&M Manuals:

1. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, O&M manuals may not be transmitted by

electronic means other than by CD-R, DVD-R or DVD+R single use recordable discs.

Electronic O&M manuals shall meet the following conditions:

a. The above-specified transmittal form is included.

b. All other requirements specified above have been met, including, but not limited to,

coordination by the Contractor, review and approval by the Contactor.

c. The submittal contains no pages or sheets large than 11 x 17 inches.

d. With the exception of the transmittal sheet, the entire submittal is included in a single

file.

e. Files are Portable Document Format (PDF) – with the printing function enabled.

f. All scanned manufacturer's O&M manuals must be quality checked after scanning to

ensure the page are not crooked and all information is legible.

2. When electronic copies are provided, transmit two hard copy (paper) originals to the

Engineer with an electronic copy on CD-R, DVD-R or DVD+R.

3. The electronic copy of the O&M manual shall be identical in organization, format and

content to the hard copies of the manual.

4. The electronic O&M Manual shall be bookmarked identically to the paper manual table of

contents to allow quick access to information. Electronic submittals that require extensive

scrolling will not be accepted. The document shall be indexed and searchable.






PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be delivered directly to the office of the Engineer, as

follows:

1. Provide preliminary copies of each manual to the office of the Engineer, no later than 30

days following approval of the respective shop drawings.

2. Provide final copies of each completed manual prior to testing.

3. Provide a letter that grants the Engineer and Owner to the limited right to use and

reproduce each manual (in it its entirety or any portion thereof) from the respective

equipment manufacturer(s). Such limited right shall allow the Engineer and Owner to use

each manual or and portion thereof for:

a. The potential assembly of a comprehensive facility operation and maintenance manual

for the sole benefit of the Owner; and

b. Supplemental training of the Owner's personnel and operators, over and above the

required vendor's training, regarding operation of the facility as a system.

B. The Engineer will review Operation and Maintenance manuals submittals for operating

equipment for conformance with the requirements of the applicable specification Section. The

review will generally be based on the O&M Manual Review Checklist appended to this Section.

C. If during test and start-up of equipment, any changes were made to the equipment, provide two

hard copies of as-built drawings or any other amendments for insertion, by the contractor, in the

previously transmitted final manuals. In addition, provide one revised electronic version

including the as-built drawings and any other amendments. The manuals shall be completed,

including updates, if any, within 30 days of start-up and testing of the facility.

END OF SECTION





O&M Manual Review Checklist Submittal No.:

Project No.:

Manufacturer:

Equipment Submitted: _____________________________________________________

Specification Section: _________________

Date of Submittal:

General Data

1. Are the area representative's name, address, e-mail address and

telephone number included?

2. Is the nameplate data for each component included?

3. Are all associated components related to the specific equipment

included?

4. Is non-pertinent data crossed out or deleted?

5. Are drawings neatly folded and/or inserted into packets?

6. Are all pages properly aligned and scanned legibly?

7. Is the .PDF document bookmarked according to the table of contents?

Operations and Maintenance Data

8. Is an overview description of the equipment and/or process included?

9. Does the description include the practical theory of operation?

10. Does each equipment component include specific details (design

characteristics, operating parameters, control descriptions, and selector

switch positions and functions)?

11. Are alarm and shutdown conditions specific to the equipment provided

on this project clearly identified? Does it describe possible causes and

recommended remedies?

12. Are step procedures for starting, stopping, and troubleshooting specific

to the equipment provided included?

13. Is a list of operational parameters to monitor and record specific to the

equipment provided included?

14. Is a proposed operating log sheet specific to the equipment provided

included?

15. Is a spare parts inventory list included for each component?

16. Is a lubrication schedule for each component specific to the equipment

provided included - or does it clearly state “No Lubrication Required"?

17. Is a maintenance schedule for each component specific to the equipment

provided included?

18.. Is a copy of the warranty information included?





Review Comments

Is the submittal fully approved (yes/no)? ___________

If not, the following points of rejection must be addressed and require resubmittal by the

Contractor:

Item No.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14,

15.

Reviewed By: Date:

Legend

1 = Acceptable

2 = Not Adequate

3 = Not Included

Note: This submittal has been reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Warranties and Bonds


SECTION 01740

WARRANTIES AND BONDS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and

bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's standard warranties on

products and special warranties.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Refer to Conditions of Contract for the general requirements relating to warranties and bonds.

B. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01700 Project Closeout.

C. Specific requirements for warranties for the work and products and installations that are

specified to be warranted are included in the individual Sections.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with the submittal procedures included in Section 01300.

B. Submit written warranties to the Owner prior to the date fixed by the Engineer for Substantial

Completion. If the Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for

warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the work, or a designated portion of

the work, submit written warranties upon request of the Owner.

C. When a designated portion of the work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by

separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly

executed warranties to the Owner within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the

Work.

D. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a

subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate

terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the

Owner for approval prior to final execution.

E. Refer to individual Sections for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for

submittal of special warranties.

F. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide

additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.

G. When required by the Engineer, Contractor shall supply evidence, satisfactory to the Engineer,

that the Contractor can obtain manufacturers' certifications as to the Contractor's installation of

materials and equipment.





1.04 WARRANTY REQUIREMENT

A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted work that has failed, remove and

replace other work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed

and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted work.

B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by

replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated

warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.

C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or

rebuild the work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract

Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective work

regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the work through a portion of its

anticipated useful service life.

D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties,

and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law,

nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce

such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.

E. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit

selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the contract

Documents.

F. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties

do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the work that incorporates the products, nor

does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers and subcontractors required to countersign special

warranties with the Contractor.

1.05 MANUFACTURERS CERTIFICATIONS

A. Where required, the Contractor shall supply evidence, satisfactory to the Engineer, that the

Contractor can obtain manufacturers' certifications as to the Contractor's installation of

materials and equipment.

1.06 DEFINITIONS

A. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual

manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the

Owner.

B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract

Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater

rights for the Owner.







END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Site Preparation


SECTION 02100

SITE PREPARATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required and perform all site preparation, complete

as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.

B. Obtain all permits required for site preparation work prior to proceeding with the work.

C. The areas to be cleared and stripped within public rights-of-way, utility easements, and

easements with commercial and property owners shall be minimized to the extent possible for

the scope of pipeline work and in consideration of the actual means and methods of construction

used. No unnecessary site preparation within these areas shall be performed unless agreed to in

writing by the Engineer.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Environmental Protection is included in Section 01110.

B. Trenching, backfill, and compaction is included in Section 02221.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, copies of all permits required prior to clearing,

grubbing, and stripping work.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CLEARING

A. Preserve and protect trees and other vegetation unless Engineer agrees to clearing in writing to

allow contractor to perform Work.

3.02 STRIPPING

A. Top soil may be stripped for stockpiling, and reuse only at those areas specifically located

within project limits. Stockpiles may not be greater than 6-feet in maximum height.

B. Topsoil to be temporarily stockpiled shall be stripped from all areas to be excavated or filled.

C. Topsoil shall be free from brush, trash, large stones and other extraneous material. Avoid

mixing topsoil with subsoil.

D. Stockpile and protect topsoil until it is used at the locations shown on the Drawings. Dispose of

surplus topsoil from stockpile locations after all work is completed.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Site Preparation


3.03 DISPOSAL

A. Tree trunks and limbs exceeding 4-in diameter shall be cut into 4-ft lengths and shall be

disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with State and Local regulations.

B. Dispose of material and debris from site preparation operations by hauling such materials and

debris to an approved offsite disposal area. No rubbish or debris of any kind shall be buried on

the site.

3.04 PROTECTION

A. Trees and other vegetation near the Work or as directed by the Engineer shall be protected from

damage by all construction operations by erecting suitable barriers, guards and enclosures, or by

other approved means. Conduct clearing operations in a manner to prevent falling trees from

damaging trees and vegetation designated to remain and to the work being constructed and so as

to provide for the safety of employees and others.

B. Maintain protection until all work in the vicinity of the work being protected has been

completed.

C. Do not operate heavy equipment or stockpile materials within the branch spread of existing

trees.

D. Immediately repair any damage to existing tree crowns, trunks, or root systems. Roots exposed

and/or damaged during the work shall immediately be cut off cleanly inside the exposed or

damaged area.

E. When work is completed, remove all dead and downed trees. Live trees shall be trimmed of all

dead and diseased limbs and branches. All cuts shall be cleanly made at their juncture with the

trunk or preceding branch without injury to the trunk or remaining branches.

F. Restrict construction activities to those areas within the project limits shown on the Drawings,

and within public rights-of-way. Adjacent properties and improvements thereon, public or

private, which become damaged by construction operations shall be promptly restored to their

original condition, to the full satisfaction of the property owner at no additional cost to the

Owner.

G. It shall be assumed that all existing trees are by default assumed to remain.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Dewatering and Drainage


SECTION 02140

DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Design, furnish, install, operate, monitor, maintain and remove a temporary dewatering system

as required to lower and control water levels at least 2-ft below subgrades of excavations to

permit construction to proceed “in-the-dry”, permit stable subgrades, prevent piping or loss of

ground, and maintain stability of the excavation.

B. Furnish, operate, maintain and remove temporary surface water control measures adequate to

drain and remove surface water entering excavations.

C. Work shall include the design, equipment, materials, installation, protection of existing

roadway, facilities and structures, and monitoring of geotechnical instrumentation required to

monitor the performance of the dewatering and drainage system as required herein.

D. Collect and properly dispose of all discharge water from the dewatering and drainage systems in

accordance with local and State requirements and permits. Under no circumstances shall water

from dewatering systems be discharged into the existing or new sanitary sewer systems.

E. Obtain and pay for all permits (when required) for dewatering and drainage systems and comply

with conditions and terms of the applicable permits required for temporary construction

dewatering and drainage systems and their discharges. Original permits shall be prominently

displayed on the site prior to constructing dewatering and drainage systems.

F. Repair damage caused by dewatering and drainage system operations.

G. All dewatering shall be done in accordance with Local, State and Federal requirements.

H. All dewatering shall comply with all associated permit conditions, rules, and regulations.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Environmental Protection Procedures is included in Section 01110.

B. Site Preparation is included in Section 02100.

C. Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction is included in Section 02221.

D. Granular Fill Materials are included in Section 02230.

E. Erosion and Sedimentation Control are included in Section 02270.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. At least 2 weeks prior to the start of construction in areas of anticipated dewatering, the

Contractor shall submit a detailed dewatering and drainage system design plan. The plan shall





include a description of the proposed dewatering system and include the proposed installation

methods to be used for dewatering and drainage system elements and the location of discharge.

B. Contractor cannot proceed with any excavation or dewatering activities until the dewatering and

drainage submittals have been approved by the Engineer.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulations: Perform all work in accordance with current applicable regulations and codes of

all Federal, State and local agencies.

B. The Contractor shall have at least 5 years of experience with work compatible to the Work

shown and specified, employing labor and supervisory personnel who are similarly experienced

in this type of Work.

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. The Contractor is responsible for the proper design and implementation of methods for

controlling surface water and groundwater.

B. The primary purpose of the groundwater control system is to preserve the natural undisturbed

condition of the subgrade soils in the areas of the proposed excavations.

C. Prior to excavation, the Contractor shall lower the groundwater to at least 2-ft below the lowest

excavation subgrade elevation. The dewatering system shall maintain the lowered groundwater

level until construction has been completed to such an extent that the structure, manholes,

pipeline or backfill will not be floated or otherwise damaged. Additional groundwater lowering

may be necessary beyond the 2-ft requirement, depending on construction methods and

equipment used and the prevailing groundwater and soil conditions. The Contractor is

responsible for lowering the groundwater as necessary to complete construction in accordance

with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for damage to properties, buildings or structures,

sewers and other utility installations, pavements and work that may result from dewatering or

surface water control operations.

E. Design review and field monitoring activities by the Owner or by the Engineer shall not relieve

the Contractor of their responsibilities for the work.

F. As necessary, provide backup power generation and groundwater control system components

and devise emergency procedures for maintaining continuous, uninterrupted surface water

control and groundwater control operations.

G. The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all permit conditions.

1.06 DEFINITIONS

A. Where the phrase "in-the-dry" is used in this Section, it shall be defined as an excavation

subgrade where the groundwater level has been lowered to at least 2-ft below the lowest level of

the excavation, is stable with no ponded water, mud, or muck, is able to support construction





equipment without rutting or disturbance and is suitable for the placement and compaction of

fill material, pipe or concrete foundations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Piping, pumping equipment and all other materials required to provide control of surface water

and groundwater in excavations shall be suitable for the intended purpose.

B. Standby pumping systems and a source of standby power shall be maintained at all sites and

ready to be used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Control surface water and groundwater such that excavation to final grade is made in-the-dry,

the natural undisturbed condition of the subgrade soils are maintained, and softening and/or

instability or disturbance due to the presence or seepage of water does not occur. All

construction and backfilling shall proceed in-the-dry and flotation of completed portions of

work shall be prohibited.

B. Methods of groundwater control may include but are not limited to perimeter trenches and sump

pumping, perimeter groundwater cutoffs, wellpoints, ejectors, deep wells and combinations

thereof.

C. Where groundwater levels are above the proposed bottom of excavation level, a pumped

dewatering system will be required for pre-drainage of the soils prior to excavation, and for

maintaining the lowered groundwater level until construction has been completed to such an

extent that the structure, pipeline or fill will not be floated or otherwise damaged.

D. It is expected that the type of system, spacing of dewatering units and other details of the work

will have to be varied depending on soil/water conditions at a particular location.

E. All work included in this Section shall be done in a manner which will protect adjacent

structures and utilities and shall not cause loss of ground or disturbance to pipe or structure

bearing soils or to soils which support overlying or adjacent structures. The impact of

anticipated subsurface soil/water conditions shall be considered when selecting methods of

excavation, excavation support, and dewatering and drainage systems.

F. Install, monitor and report data from observation wells. Evaluate the collected data relative to

groundwater control system performance and modify systems as necessary to dewater the site in

accordance with the Contract requirements.

G. Locate groundwater control system components where they will not interfere with construction

activities adjacent to the work area or interfere with the installation and monitoring of

geotechnical instrumentation including observation wells. Excavations for sumps or drainage

ditches shall not be made within or below 1H:1V slopes extending downward and out from the

edges of existing or proposed foundation elements or from the downward vertical footprint of

pipes.





H. The Contractor shall monitor building and ground settlement as necessary to determine the

effects caused by any groundwater control methods adopted. If damage to any facility occurs

because of dewatering operations, take immediate measures to prevent further damage and

revise methods or implement measures as necessary to prevent further damage to other

facilities.

I. Should the Contractor be required to shut down the dewatering system for a violation of

discharge, it will not in any case constitute a right to a delay claim or associated change order.

3.02 SURFACE WATER CONTROL

A. Construct surface water control measures, including dikes, ditches, sumps and other methods to

prevent, as necessary, flow of surface water into excavations and to allow construction to

proceed without delay.

3.03 EXCAVATION DEWATERING

A. At all times during construction, provide and maintain proper equipment and facilities to

promptly remove and properly dispose of all water entering excavations. Excavations shall be

maintained in-the-dry. Groundwater levels shall be kept at least 2-ft below the lowest

excavation level, so as to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition until

the fill, structures, box culverts or pipes to be built thereon have been completed to such extent

that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural

elevations.

B. Control groundwater seepage into excavations above the final subgrade level such that the

seepage waters do not cause disturbance to the subgrade soils and do not adversely affect

construction of the Work as specified. Seepage into the excavation, which allows migration of

soil particles, is not allowed. If loss of ground results from seepage, then the work shall be

stopped and the Contractor shall take whatever measures are necessary to cut off or control the

groundwater such that further loss of ground is prevented.

C. Excavation dewatering shall maintain the subgrade in a natural undisturbed condition and until

the fill, structure, or pipes to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will

not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural elevations.

D. Pipe, masonry, and concrete shall not be placed in water or be submerged within 24 hours after

being installed. Water shall not flow over new masonry or concrete within four days after

placement.

E. If the subgrade of the trench or excavation bottom becomes disturbed due to inadequate

dewatering or drainage, excavate below normal grade as directed by the Engineer and refill with

an approved material in Section 02230, or other material as approved by the Engineer at the

Contractor's expense.

F. If the method of dewatering does not properly dewater the excavation as specified, install

additional groundwater observation wells as directed by the Engineer and do not place any pipe

or structure until the readings obtained from the observation wells indicate that the groundwater

has been lowered a minimum of 2-ft below the bottom of the final excavation within the

excavation limits.





G. Dewatering units used in the work shall be surrounded by suitable filter sand and no fines shall

be removed by pumping. Pumping from the dewatering system shall be continuous until box

culvert, pipe or structure is adequately backfilled. Stand-by pumps shall be provided.

H. Water entering the excavation from precipitation or surface runoff shall be collected in shallow

ditches around the perimeter of the excavation, drained to a sump and pumped from the

excavation to maintain a bottom free from standing water.

3.04 DEWATERING DISCHARGE

A. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local permits, discharge

authorizations, and regulations.

B. Transport pumped or drained water to discharge location in compliance with applicable permits

and without interference to other work; damage to or contamination of pavement, other

surfaces, or property; erosion; or siltation.

3.05 DISPOSAL OF DRAINAGE

A. Water removed or diverted from excavations must not be allowed to cause nuisance or damage

to traffic or any public or private property or service or to cause damage to the environment or

pollution to the waters of the State.

B. Dispose of drainage so that flow or seepage back into the excavated area will be prevented.

Make all arrangements including obtaining written permission from appropriate Authorities for

disposing of water collected.

C. All necessary precautions to prevent the discharge of water contaminated with oil or hazardous

materials shall be made. Drainage and excavation dewatering groundwater shall be treated for

sediment removal and discharged in an approved area in accordance with the Federal, State and

local regulations

3.06 REMOVAL OF SYSTEMS

A. At the completion of the excavation and backfilling work, and when approved by the Engineer,

all pipe, deep wells, wellpoints, pumps, generators, observation wells, other equipment and

accessories used for the groundwater and surface water control systems shall be removed from

the site in accordance with all local and State requirements. All materials and equipment shall

become the property of the Contractor. All areas disturbed by the installation and removal of

groundwater control systems and observation wells shall be restored to their original condition.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction


SECTION 02221

TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

A. All excavation, trenching, sheeting, bracing, etc. shall comply with the requirements of OSHA

excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), State and local requirements.

Where conflict between OSHA, State and local regulations exists, the most stringent

requirements shall apply.

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and perform all clearing and

stripping, trenching, excavation, backfill and grading required to complete the work as shown

on the Drawings and as specified herein. The work shall include, trenching for pipelines and

appurtenances, drainage, filling, backfilling, disposal of surplus unsuitable, waste and materials,

and restoration of trench surfaces and easements.

B. Excavation shall extend to the width and depth shown in the Contract Documents or as

specified herein and shall provide suitable room for installing pipe, structures and

appurtenances necessary to perform the Work.

C. Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports, and remove from the excavation all

materials which the Engineer may deem unsuitable for backfilling. The bottom of the

excavation shall be firm, dry and in all respects, acceptable. If conditions warrant, deposit

gravel for pipe bedding, or gravel refill for excavation below grade, directly on the bottom of

the trench immediately after excavation has reached the proper depth and before the bottom of

the trench has become softened or disturbed by any cause whatever. The length of open trench

shall be related closely to the rate of pipe laying.

D. Wherever the requirement for compaction is referenced to herein, it shall mean minimum

percentage of maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557.

E. IDOT certified soils field testing inspector shall test compacted material, and shall be paid for

by the Contractor.

1.03 RELATED WORK

A. Control of work is included in Section 01046.

B. Site Preparation is included in Section 02100.

C. Dewatering and Drainage are included in Section 02140.

D. Granular Fill Materials are included in Section 02230.

E. Erosion and Sedimentation Control are included in Section 02270.

F. Pavement is included in Section 02500.





G. Loaming and sodding are included in Section 02931.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit the following and as elsewhere specified in this Section:

1. The proposed methods of construction, including excavation trenching operations,

excavation limits, excavation support systems designs, backfilling and filling, fill material

moisture conditioning and handling, compaction equipment, and material sources for the

various portions of the Work. Coordinate this submittal with the requirements of Section

02140-Dewatering and Drainage.

2. Submit qualifications of certified IDOT soils field testing inspector. Submittal shall clearly

indicate inspector has valid IDOT certification for compaction testing in this Section and

Section 02500.

3. Submit all compaction test results to Engineer the week they are performed.


A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM D422 - Test Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils.

2. ASTM D1557 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using

Modified Effort.

3. ASTM D2922 - Density of Soil in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).

4. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil in Place by Nuclear

Methods (Shallow Depth).

B. Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge

Construction, and all addenda and supplements thereto, latest version.

C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid


1.06 PROTECTION

A. All existing facilities which include but are not limited to structures, utilities, pavements,

sidewalks, curbing, driveway aprons, fencing, landscaping and other improvements in the

vicinity of the Contractor's operations shall be adequately protected. If necessary, curbing,

driveway aprons and fencing shall be removed and restored or replaced after backfilling. All

existing facilities damaged by the construction shall be replaced with material fully equal to that

existing prior to construction to the satisfaction of the Owner.

B. Furnish, install, monitor and maintain dewatering and drainage systems as required and as

specified in Section 02140.





C. Excavations within the zone of influence of any existing structures or utility will require the use

of excavation support system. The zone of influence is defined as a line extending at least 2 feet

beyond of edge of the foundation, then outward and downward at a slope of 1 horizontal to 1

vertical. No excavation below the foundation of existing structures is allowed.

D. Excavations below the level of the base of any adjacent foundation or retaining wall shall not be

permitted unless the design of the excavation and bracing includes an analysis of the stability of

the structure supported by the foundation and as necessary, incorporates required

bracing/underpinning of the foundation.


A. Regulations: Perform all work in accordance with current application regulations and codes of

all Federal, State and local agencies.

B. In place density testing shall be conducted by an IDOT certified soils field testing inspector.

1.08 SOIL TESTING

A. At all structures, appurtenances, valve vaults and pipelines, prior to the placement of bedding

material, initial backfill, concrete work mats, structural fill, select granular fill, granular fill or

structural concrete, coordinate with the soils testing laboratory to verify the suitability of the

existing subgrade soil and to perform in-place soil density tests as required to verify that the

bearing capacity of the subgrade is sufficient. The Engineer shall assess all subgrades below

structures prior to the placement and compaction of select granular fill, structural fill, bedding

materials or the construction of foundations.

B. The Engineer or Owner may conduct additional soil testing. Cooperate fully in obtaining the

information desired and allowing free access to the work.

C. At least 72 hours prior to placing the subbase course and the surface course of pavement, notify

the Engineer.

D. All soil testing shall be performed by IDOT certified soils testing inspector.

1.09 CONSTRUCTION CONTROL

A. Contractor is responsible for all construction layout and reference staking necessary for the

proper control and satisfactory completion of all structures, cutting, filling, grading, drainage

and utilities installation, fencing, curbing, and all other appurtenances required for the

completion of the construction work and acceptance of the Contract as specified and as shown

on the Drawings.

1.10 DEFINITIONS

A. Structures are all buildings, manholes, below grade vaults, and retaining walls.

B. Percent Compaction is the required in-place dry density of the material, expressed as a

percentage of the maximum dry density of the same material, as determined in the laboratory by

ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor).





C. Optimum Moisture Content is the moisture content (percent by dry weight) corresponding to

the maximum dry density of the same material as determined by ASTM D1557.

D. In-the-Dry is defined as an excavation subgrade where the groundwater level has been lowered

to at least 2 feet below the lowest level of the excavation, is stable with no ponded water, mud,

or muck and shall be able to support construction equipment without rutting or disturbance and

shall be suitable for the placement and compaction of fill material, pipe or concrete foundations.

E. Unsuitable Soil includes organic soils, existing fill, soft or disturbed soils, or frozen soil.

F. Objectionable Material includes topsoil, organic matter, contaminated soil, construction

debris, perishable materials, snow, ice, and rocks or lumps of cemented soils over 6 inches in

maximum dimension.

G. Overexcavation is removal of unsuitable soil or objectionable material at or below the normal

grade of the excavation or subgrade as indicated on the Drawings.

H. Subgrade is the bottom surface of a trench or excavation extending to the underside of site

improvements, including dimensioned fill, structures, paving, or other surfacing material.

I. Pass shall mean a single complete coverage with compaction equipment over the entire surface

of an exposed lift or subgrade being compacted.

J. Boulder shall mean rock fragments exceeding 0.5 cubic yard in volume.

K. Rock shall mean any large mass of stone, bedrock or ledge rock.

L. Rock Excavation shall mean the removal of rock, which in the opinion of the Engineer, for its

removal required drilling, wedging, sledging, cutting, barring, jack hammering, hoe ramming or

expansive chemical/hydraulic splitting, and which cannot be removed by a tracked excavator

with bucket curling force of at least 18,300 pounds.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Materials designated for use in this Section are specified in Section 02230 and Section 02931.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Utility clearance:

1. Conduct utility clearance before beginning excavations. Before excavating within 20 feet

of utility poles and after pipeline stake out, coordinate construction with the appropriate

utility company. Contact utility companies to determine the cost of any pole relocations or

support as well as underground utility relocations and include the cost of the work in the

bid.





B. Test Pits:

1. Perform exploratory excavation work (test pits) for the purpose of verifying the location of

underground utilities and structures and to check for unknown utilities and structures, prior

to commencing excavation work.

2. Test pits shall be backfilled in compacted lifts as soon as the desired information has been

obtained. Backfilled surfaces shall be stabilized in accordance with erosion and

sedimentation control products.

C. Dewatering and Drainage Systems:

1. Temporary dewatering and drainage systems shall be in place and operational prior to

beginning excavation work and in accordance with Section 02140.

3.02 EXCAVATION SUPPORT

A. Excavation supports shall be in accordance with all Federal, State and Local regulations and

requirements.

3.03 GENERAL EXCAVATION PROCEDURES

A. Excavation shall extend to the width and depth shown on the Drawings in Appendix B or as

specified herein and shall be suitably wide for construction of the structures or pipelines,

including excavation supports, dewatering and drainage systems and working clearances.

B. Excavation shall be performed in-the-dry and shall be accomplished by methods which preserve

the undisturbed state of subgrade soils.

C. The final cuts to design bearing levels for pipelines and foundations bearing on soil shall be

delayed as long as possible in order to minimize the time during which subgrade surfaces are

exposed to traffic and the elements. The Contractor shall take care to avoid excess traffic on the

excavated subgrades prior to placement of fill, utilities or concrete foundations.

D. Bottoms of trenches and excavations shall be protected from frost and shall be firm, dry and in

an acceptable condition to receive the work. Work shall not be placed on frozen ground nor

shall work be placed on wet unstable ground.

E. Excavation equipment shall be satisfactory for carrying out the work in accordance with the

requirements specified.

F. In no case shall the earth be plowed, scraped or excavated by any means so near to the finished

subgrade that would disturb the finished subgrade. Hand excavation of the final 3 to 6-in may

be required to obtain a satisfactory, undisturbed subgrade, as required by the Engineer.

G. Subgrade soils which become soft, loose, "quick", or otherwise unsatisfactory as a result of

inadequate excavation, dewatering or other construction methods shall be removed and replaced

by Select Granular Fill, Granular Fill or Flowable Fill as required by the Engineer at the

Contractor's expense.





H. Clay and silt soils are particularly susceptible to disturbance due to construction operations.

When excavation is to end in such soils, use a smooth-edge bucket to excavate the last 1-ft of

depth.

I. No excavation shall end in organic soils, unless otherwise specified herein or directed by the

Engineer. Contractor shall remove the organic soils at the bottom of excavation and replaced

with Granular Backfill.

J. If the material at the level of excavation bottom consists of fine sand, sand and silt or soft earth

which may work into Granular Backfill not withstanding effective drainage, the subgrade

material shall be removed to the extent directed by the Engineer and the Granular Backfill shall

then be wrapped in geotextile fabric and be placed in 6-in layers thoroughly compacted up to

the normal grade of the required grade.

3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION

A. Trench excavation shall include material of every description and of whatever substance

encountered, including rock and boulders. Pavement shall be cut with a saw, wheel or

pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating. Contractor shall protect and support

existing sidewalks and curb to remain in place. All removed pavement shall become property of

Contractor and disposed of offsite.

B. Strip and stockpile topsoil from grassed areas crossed by trenches. At the Contractor's option,

topsoil may be otherwise disposed of and replaced, when required, with approved topsoil of

equal quality.

C. While excavating and backfilling is in progress, traffic shall be maintained, and all utilities and

other property protected as provided in the General Conditions and General Requirements.

D. Trenches shall be excavated to the depth indicated on the Drawings and in widths sufficient for

laying the pipe, bracing and for pumping and drainage facilities. Trench width shall be practical

minimum.

E. The length of open trench shall be minimized to accommodate the Work.

F. Where pipe is to be laid in Granular Fill or Select Granular Fill bedding, the trench may be

excavated by machinery to the normal depth as required to perform the Work provided that the

material remaining in the bottom of the trench is no more than slightly disturbed.

G. Where pipe is to be laid directly on the trench bottom, final excavation at the bottom of the

trench shall be performed manually, providing a flat-bottom true to grade upon undisturbed

material. Bell holes shall be made as required.





H. Subgrade Preparation:

1. The bottom of all trenches that terminate in sand or gravel at the subgrade level shall be

proof rolled with a minimum of 2 passes of a hand operated vibratory compactor approved

by the Engineer. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the subgrade material, at or below the

normal grade of the excavation as indicated on the Drawings in Appendix B, is unsuitable

for the support of the pipe, it shall be removed to such depth and width as he/she may

direct and be replaced with suitable material as directed by the Engineer.

2. If soft clay or silt, organic soils or otherwise unstable, loose or disturbed soils are

encountered at subgrade level, the unsuitable soils shall be removed and be replaced with

compacted granular backfill wrapped in geotextile fabric, or as otherwise directed by the

Engineer.

3. Clay, silt, and fine sand are particularly susceptible to disturbance due to construction

operations. When excavation is to end in such soils, use a smooth-edge bucket to excavate

the last 1-ft of depth. A working mat consisting of a minimum of 6 inch layer of granular

backfill wrapped in geotextile fabric should be placed on the undisturbed subgrade

immediately following excavation to the final subgrade elevation to minimize disturbance

to the excavation subgrade.

4. Rock and boulders shall be removed to a minimum 8-in clearance around the bottom and

sides of all the pipes being laid.

3.05 MISCELLANEOUS EXCAVATION

A. Perform all the remaining miscellaneous excavation. Make all excavations necessary to permit

the placing of loam, for constructing roadways and any other miscellaneous earth excavation

required under this Contract.

B. All topsoil and organic material shall be excavated from below proposed pavement areas.

C. Following excavation and removal of all unsuitable materials, proofroll exposed granular

subgrade below pavement areas. Proofrolling shall be performed with a minimum of 2

completed coverages of the full area with a vibratory drum roller with a minimum of a 10-ton

static drum weight. Proofrolling in confined areas may be accomplished with hand operated

vibratory equipment approved by the Engineer. Proofrolling shall be conducted in the presence

of the Engineer. Subgrade soils, which become soft, loose, "quick", or otherwise unsatisfactory

for support of the structure as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering, proofrolling, or

other construction methods shall be removed and replaced with compacted common fill or other

material satisfactory to the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.06 EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE

A. Over excavation shall be conducted to remove unsuitable soils as specified herein, or as

directed by the Engineer.

B. Any acceptable subgrade material which becomes disturbed due to failure of the dewatering

system to maintain the excavation in the dry, trafficking on the subgrade, or other Contractor

activities, or other failure or neglect to conduct the excavation work properly shall be over

excavated to remove the unsuitable material and replace it with concrete or compacted





structural fill or other material as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner so

that the condition of the subgrade meets with the approval of the Engineer before any work is

placed thereon.

C. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the material, in its undisturbed natural condition, at or below

the bottom of the excavation as indicated on the Drawings is unsuitable for foundations, utilities

or pavement, it shall be removed to such depth and width as he/she may direct and be replaced

with suitable material as directed by the Engineer.

D. If the Contractor excavates below grade through error or for his own convenience, or through

failure to properly dewater the trench, or disturbs the subgrade before dewatering is sufficiently

complete, he may be directed by the Engineer to excavate below grade as set forth in the

following paragraph, in which case the work of excavating below grade and furnishing and

placing the refill shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. Over-excavation beyond the limits and depths required by the Contract Documents shall be

replaced at no additional cost to the Owner by structural fill, screened gravel or other approved

material subject to the prior approval of the Engineer.

3.07 GENERAL FILLING AND BACKFILLING PROCEDURES

A. Fill and backfill materials shall be placed in lifts to suit the specified compaction requirements

to the lines and grades required, making allowances for settlement and placement of cover

materials (i.e., topsoil, sod, etc.). Soft spots or uncompacted areas shall be corrected.

B. Fill and backfill materials shall not be placed on frozen surfaces, or surfaces covered by snow

or ice. Fill and backfill material shall be free of snow, ice and frozen earth.

C. Fill shall not be placed over organic soils (including peat and topsoil) and loose inorganic silt or

clay material. These materials shall be removed prior to fill placement as specified in this

section unless approved by the Engineer.

D. Fill and backfill shall not be placed and compacted when the materials are too wet to properly

compact (i.e., the in-place moisture content of the soil at that time is no more than three

percentage points above the optimum moisture content of that soil as determined by the

laboratory test of the moisture-density relation appropriate to the specified level of compaction).

At such times, work shall be suspended until the previously placed and new materials have

dried sufficiently to permit proper compaction.

E. Notify the Engineer in advance of compaction activities and make prepared subgrade surfaces

available to the Engineer for observation and testing.

F. The method and degree of compacting backfill as directed by the Engineer will be governed by

the type of material compacted.

G. Do not backfill against walls until the walls and supporting slabs have attained design strength.

When backfilling around structures, bring up backfill uniformly around structures. Backfill

levels around the entire perimeter of the structure shall be controlled such that the grade

differential does not exceed 3-ft. Contractor shall correct any damage to the structures caused

by backfilling at no additional cost to the Owner.





H. All excavation beneath structures, and as shown on the Drawings in Appendix B, shall be

backfilled with valve vault budding material.

I. Backfill and structures shall be performed with granular fill to the limits required to fully fill

excavation around perimeter of structure.

3.08 TRENCH BACKFILLING

A. To prevent longitudinal movement of the pipe, dumping backfill material into the trench and

then spreading will not be permitted until selected material or screened gravel has been placed

and compacted to a level 1-ft over the pipe.

B. Backfill shall be brought up evenly on all sides. Each layer of backfill material shall be

thoroughly compacted by rolling, tamping, or vibrating with mechanical compacting equipment

or hand tamping, to the specified level of compaction. If rolling is employed, it shall be by use

of a suitable roller or tractor, being careful to compact the fill throughout the full width of the

trench.

C. Where the pipes are laid in unpaved areas as indicated on the Drawings in Appendix B, the

remainder of the trench shall be filled with selected excavated material in lieu of Granular

Backfill in layers not to exceed 1-ft and thoroughly compacted to at least 92 percent maximum

dry density per ASTM D1557 by rolling or ramming, as the Engineer may direct, sufficiently to

prevent subsequent settling. Wherever a loam or gravel surface exists prior to excavations, it

shall be removed, conserved and replaced to the full original depth as part of the work under the

pipe items and as defined in the Drawings. In some areas it may be necessary to remove excess

material during the clean-up process, so that the ground may be restored to its original level and

condition. If storage of loam, gravel, or topsoil is not preferred, replace it with material of equal

quality and in equal quantity.

D. Where the pipes are laid in streets, or other paved areas, the remainder of the trench at least 1

foot above the pipe crown to the bottom of the specified paving shall be backfilled with

Granular Backfill as shown on the Drawings in 8-inch layers thoroughly compacted to at least

95 percent of maximum density per ASTM D1557 by rolling, or ramming as the Engineer may

direct.

E. Lift thickness shall be reduced to 4-in in confined areas accessible only to hand guided

compaction equipment.

F. The surfaces of filled areas shall be graded to smooth true lines, strictly conforming to grades

indicated on the grading plan and no soft spots or uncompacted areas will be allowed in the

work.

G. Each lift of material in paved and unpaved areas shall be tested by the IDOT certified soils field

testing inspector each lift, and a maximum spacing of every 5 feet per lift.

3.09 RESTORING EXCAVATION AND TRENCH SURFACE

A. Where the excavation or trench occurs adjacent to paved streets, in shoulders, sidewalks, or in

cross-country areas, thoroughly consolidate the backfill and maintain the surface as the work

progresses. If settlement takes place, immediately deposit additional fill to restore the level of

the ground.





B. In and adjacent to streets, aggregate subbase and base course below the specified initial

pavement shall be as shown on the Drawings. Should the Contractor wish to use material

excavated from the trench as gravel subbase for pavement replacement, the Contractor, at

his/her own expense, have samples of the material tested by an independent testing laboratory at

intervals not to exceed 500-ft, in order to establish its compliance with the specifications. Only

material which has been tested and approved by the Engineer shall be allowed to be

incorporated into the work.

C. The surface of any driveway or any other area which is disturbed by the excavation and which

is not a part of the paved road shall be restored to a condition at least equal to that existing

before work began.

D. In sections where the pipeline passes through grassed areas, and at the Contractor's own

expense, remove and replace the sod, or loam and seed the surface to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.

E. In sections where the pipeline passes through landscaped areas, the Contractor shall, at his own

expense, remove and replace the topsoil, mulch or other material to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.

3.10 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL

A. Excavated material shall be stacked without excessive surcharge on the trench bank or

obstructing free access to hydrants and gate valves. Materials shall be neatly piled outside of

paved surfaces and within the project limits as shown on the Drawings in Appendix B, so as to

inconvenience, as little as possible, the Owner, the public and adjoining property owners until

used or otherwise disposed of as specified below. Excavated material shall be segregated for

use in backfilling as specified below.

B. It is expressly understood that no excavated material shall be removed from the site of the work

or disposed of, except as directed by the Engineer. When removal of surplus materials has been

approved by the Engineer, dispose of such surplus material in approved designated areas.

C. Surplus fill shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed and disposed

offsite.

D. Should conditions make it impracticable or unsafe to stack material adjacent to the trench, the

material shall be hauled and stored at a location provided. When required, it shall be re-handled

and used in backfilling the trench at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. Remove and dispose of all pieces of ledge and boulders which are not suitable for use in other

parts of the work. Rock disposed of by hauling away to spoil areas is to be replaced by

approved surplus excavation obtained elsewhere on the work, insofar as it is available. Any

deficiency in the backfill material shall be made up with acceptable material approved by the

Engineer.

F. All excavated soil management shall conform to Federal, State and Local requirements.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Granular Fill Materials


SECTION 02230

GRANULAR FILL MATERIALS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and obtain materials for filling

and backfilling, grading and miscellaneous site work, for the uses shown on the Drawings and

as specified herein. Associated work includes testing, sample collection, excavation, loading,

shipping, delivering, stockpiling, placement and installation of granular fill materials.

B. Granular fill materials are specified in this Section, but their use for excavation, backfill,

bedding pipe, replacement of unsuitable material, pavement base, foundation support and

similar uses are specified in detail elsewhere in the Specifications and on the Drawings. The

Engineer may order the use of fill materials for purposes other than those specified in other

sections if, in his/her opinion, such use is advisable.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Submittals are included in Section 01300.

B. Site preparation is included in Section 02100.

C. Dewatering and drainage is included in Section 02140.

D. Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction is included in Section 02221.

E. Erosion and sedimentation control is included in Section 02270.

F. Pavement is included in Section 02500.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, complete product data and associated laboratory

testing results for materials specified in this Section prior to importing or placing the materials.

At the minimum, results from laboratory testing defined in Part 1.05 (Quality Control) of this

Section shall be submitted.

B. Submit the qualifications of the certified independent testing laboratory that conducts the

testing specified herein.

C. At least 10 days prior to placement of any backfill or fill material, deliver a representative

sample to the certified independent testing laboratory for testing and notify Engineer of

laboratory testing results for review.






A. ASTM International:

1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.

2. ASTM D422 - Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.

3. ASTM D698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using

Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft (600kN-m/m)).

4. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of

Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3(2,700 kN-m/m3)).

5. ASTM D2434 - Standard Test Method for Permeability of Granular Soils (Constant Head).

6. ASTM D2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil

Classification System).

7. ASTM D2488 - Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual-

Manual Procedure).

8. ASTM D2974 - Standard Test Methods for Moisture, Ash, and Organic Matter of Peat and

Other Organic Soils.

B. Illinois Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridges

Construction (IDOT Standard Specifications), and all addenda and supplements thereto, latest

edition.

C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid



A. Laboratory Testing of materials shall be in accordance with IDOT Standard Specifications.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. If granular fill materials are delivered to the site prior to placement approval, materials shall be

stockpiled on site in areas as agreed to with the local jurisdiction having authority and/or the

property owner, and as agreed to with the Engineer. If Contractor requires areas greater than

that agreed to, Contractor shall obtain additional areas at no additional expense to the Owner.

B. Provision shall be implemented to minimize surface water impact on the stockpile. Removal

and placement of granular fill material shall be done in a manner to minimize intrusion of soils

adjacent to and beneath the stockpile.





PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIAL

A. Select Excavated Material as shown on the Contract Documents, shall be suitable excavated

materials, natural or processed mineral soils obtained from off-site sources, or graded crushed

stone or gravel. Backfill and fill materials shall be free of all organic material, trash, snow, ice,

frozen soil, or other objectionable materials which may be compressible or which cannot be

properly compacted. Soft, wet, plastic soils which may be expansive, clay soils having a

natural, in-place water content in excess of 30 percent, soils containing more than 5 percent (by

weight) fibrous organic materials, and soils having a plasticity index greater than 30 shall be

considered unsuitable for use as backfill and fill. Backfill and fill materials shall have a

maximum of 1 percent expansion when testing is performed on a sample remolded to 95

percent of maximum dry density (per ASTM D698) at 2 percent below optimum moisture

content under a 100 lbs/sq ft surcharge.

B. Trench backfill (bedding, haunching, and initial backfill), granular backfill, driveway aggregate

base, and aggregate beneath concrete curb and gutter and sidewalk as shown in the details in

Appendix B, shall be, coarse aggregate gradation CA-6 in accordance with Section 1004 of the

IDOT Standard Specifications.

C. Valve vault bedding material shall be aggregate gradation CA-7 in accordance with Section

1004 of the IDOT Standard Specification.


END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Erosion and Sedimentation Control


SECTION 02270

EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and perform all installation,

maintenance, removal and area cleanup related to erosion and sedimentation control work as

shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. The work shall include, but not necessarily be

limited to; installation of temporary access ways and staging areas, silt fences, sediment

removal and disposal, device maintenance, removal of temporary devices, temporary mulching,

excelsior matting installation and final cleanup.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Environmental protection is included in Section 01110.

B. Granular fill materials are included in Section 02230.

C. Loaming and sodding is included in Section 02931.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, within 10 days after award of Contract the

following:

1. All technical product literature for all commercial products, including silt fence, filter

fabric, and associated items to be used for erosion and sedimentation control.


A. Be responsible for the timely installation and maintenance of all sedimentation control devices

necessary to prevent the movement of sediment from the construction site to offsite areas or into

the stream system via surface runoff or underground drainage systems. Measures in addition to

those shown on the Drawings necessary to prevent the movement of sediment off site shall be

installed, maintained, removed, and cleaned up at the expense of the Contractor. No additional

charges to the Owner will be considered.

B. Sedimentation and erosion control shall meet all federal, state, and local requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Sediment (Silt) Fence:

1. Sediment (silt) fence shall be a prefabricated commercial product meeting the requirements

shown on the Silt Fence Detail in Appendix B of the Specifications.





B. Inlet Filter Basket:

1. Inlet filter basket shall meet the requirements of the Typical Round Inlet Protector in

Appendix B of the Specificaitons.

C. Erosion Control Blanket:

1. Erosion control blanket shall be 100 percent agricultural straw matrix stitch bonded with

degradable thread between two photodegradable polypropylene nettings, such as Model

S150 Double Net Short-Term Blanket (10 months) by North American Green, Evansville,

IN or equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Sediment (Silt) Fence:

1. Sediment fences shall be positioned and installed as indicated on the Drawings and as

necessary to prevent off site movement of sediment produced by construction activities as

directed by the Engineer.

B. Erosion control blanket.

1. Install over all exposed topsoil prior to the installation of sod as outlined below.

3.02 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTIONS

A. Inspections:

1. Make a visual inspection of all erosion and sedimentation control devices once per week

and promptly after every rainstorm. If such inspection reveals that additional measures are

needed to prevent movement of sediment to offsite areas, promptly install additional

devices as needed. Sediment controls in need of maintenance shall be repaired promptly.

B. Device Maintenance:

1. Sediment Fences:

a. Remove accumulated sediment once it builds up to 1/2 of the height of the fabric.

b. Replace damaged fabric, or patch with a 2-ft minimum overlap.

c. Make other repairs as necessary to ensure that the fence is filtering all runoff directed

to the fence.

2. Inlet Filter Basket:

a. Install in accordance with the detail in Appendix B of the Specifications.

3. Stone Filter Berm:

a. Muck out trapped silt from dewatering operations when it has built up to within 6-in

of the top of the berm.

b. Replace crushed stone filter when saturated with silt.





4. Add crushed stone to construction entrances and staging areas as necessary to maintain a

firm surface free of ruts and mudholes.

3.03 EROSION BLANKETS

A. Erosion blankets shall be installed in all unsodded areas prior to the placement of sod and as

directed by the Engineer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The area to be covered

shall be properly prepared, fertilized and seeded with permanent vegetation before the blanket is

applied. When the blanket is unrolled, the netting shall be on top and the fibers in contact with

the soil over the entire area. The blankets shall be applied in the direction of water flow and

stapled. Blankets shall be placed a minimum of three rows (of 4-ft) wide (total approx. 12-ft

width) within the drainage swale/ditch and stapled together in accordance with manufacturer's

instructions. Side overlaps shall be 4-in minimum. The staples shall be made of wire, .091-in in

diameter or greater, "U" shaped with legs 10-in in length and a 1-1/2-in crown. Commercial

biodegradable stakes may also be used with prior approval by the Engineer. The staples shall be

driven vertically into the ground, spaced approximately two linear feet apart, on each side, and

one row in the center alternately spaced between each size. Upper and lower ends of the matting

shall be buried to a depth of 4-in in a trench. Erosion stops shall be created every 25-ft by

making a fold in the fabric and carrying the fold into a silt trench across the full width of the

blanket. The bottom of the fold shall be 4-in below the ground surface. Staple on both sides of

fold. Where the matting must be cut or more than one roll length is required in the swale, turn

down upper end of downstream roll into a slit trench to a depth of 4-in. Overlap lower end of

upstream roll 4-in past edge of downstream roll and staple.

3.04 REMOVAL AND FINAL CLEANUP

A. To ensure full contact with soil surface, roll matting with a roller weighing 100 lbs/ft of width

perpendicular to flow direction after seeding, placing matting and stapling. Thoroughly inspect

channel after completion. Correct any areas where matting does not present a smooth surface in

full contact with the soil below.

B. Once the site has been fully stabilized against erosion, remove sediment control devices and all

accumulated silt. Dispose of silt and waste materials in proper manner. Regrade all areas

disturbed during this process and stabilize against erosion with surfacing materials as indicated

on the Drawings.

C. When Work is completed and with the written authorization of the Engineer, remove all

sediment and erosion control devices and restore areas to original conditions prior to the start of

Work.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Pavement


SECTION 02500

PAVEMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish the necessary equipment, labor and materials required and perform all work in

connection with the construction of paved surfaces including asphalt pavement, concrete

pavement, concrete curb and gutter, sidewalk, and other paved surfaces disturbed in

performance of the Work.

B. It is the intent of all paving work to be performed in accordance with the details in Appendix B

of the Specifications and the Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT).

C. Permanent and temporary pavement.

D. IDOT certified pavement field testing inspector shall test compacted material and all materials

brought to site. Inspector and tests shall be paid for by the Contractor.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Trenching, backfilling, and compaction is specified in Section 02221.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit prior to the start of the paving work, and in accordance with Section 01300, the

following:

1. Construction sequence and work plan for paving operations clearly identifying the

locations of the work to be performed.

2. Certified portland cement mix design demonstrating compliance with this Section for the

portland cement. Variable width gutter flag materials shall be the same as the concrete curb

and gutter, Type B-6.12.

3. Certified hot-mix asphalt mixture design demonstrating compliance with this Section for

the hot-mix asphalt surface course.

4. Certified bituminous aggregate mixture demonstrating compliance with this Section for the

bituminous aggregate mixture.

5. Certified prime coat material demonstrating compliance with this Section for prime coat.


A. Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT):

1. IDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (Dated 2016 or most

recent) herein referred to as "IDOT Standard Specifications".





B. Field Testing:

1. Submit qualifications of IDOT certified pavement field testing inspector. Submittal shall

clearly indicate inspector has valid IDOT certification for field material (concrete) and

compaction (asphalt) testing.

2. Submit test results within 14 calendar days of test being performed at request of Engineer.

1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Protection:

1. Use all means necessary to protect bituminous concrete pavement materials before, during

and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

B. Replacements:

1. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the

approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.


A. Material placement may be immediately halted by the Engineer under the following conditions

and at no expense to the Owner:

1. Work not being performed meeting the requirements of this Section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE

A. Portland cement concrete for curb and gutter, concrete aprons, and sidewalk shall meet the

requirements shown in Appendix B of the Specifications.

2.02 HOT-MIX ASPHALT (HMA) BITUMINOUS AGGREGATE AND SURFACE COURSE

A. Hot-mix asphalt (HMA) shall meet the material requirements and thicknesses shown in

Appendix B of the Specifications.

2.03 PRIME AND TACK COAT

A. The bituminous material used for the prime and tack coat shall be of one of the types listed in

Section 406 HOT-MIX ASPHALT BINDER AND SURFACE COURSE, Article 406.02 which

is further detailed in Article 1032. The prime coat material applied at the location as shown on

the Drawings shall be for the type of construction shown on the Drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. All driveways shall remain open to residents for entire duration of Work.





B. All streets shall remain open to local traffic for duration of Work.

3.02 REMOVAL

A. Pavement removal shall be in accordance with Section 02221 to the limits required to perform

Work and details in Appendix B.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Qualification of Workmen:

1. Furnish at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills

required, who shall be completely familiar with the design and application of the work

described for this Section and who shall be present at all times during progress of the work

of this Section and shall direct all work performed under this Section.

2. For actual finishing of bituminous concrete surfaces and operation of the required

equipment, use only personnel thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required.

B. Preparation of Subgrade:

1. Prepare subgrade using the equipment types and in accordance with Section 301,

SUBGRADE PREPARATION of the IDOT Standard Specifications.

2. After the subgrade has been prepared and has been approved by the Engineer, it shall be

brought to the final grade and contour and thoroughly compacted to a minimum dry

density of 95% of the standard laboratory dry density.

C. Portland Cement Concrete for Curb and Gutter, Concrete Aprons, or Sidewalk:

1. Install the portland cement only after receiving written approval from the Engineer that the

subbase course is acceptable for material placement.

2. Portland cement concrete shall be installed in accordance with Appendix B of the

Specifications.

D. Hot-Mix Asphalt Bituminous Aggregate Mixture and Surface Course:

1. Install the hot-mix asphalt bituminous aggregate mixture only after receiving written

approval from the Engineer that the base course is acceptable for material placement.

2. Hot-Mix Asphalt binder and surface course shall be installed using the materials,

equipment, and construction methods of Section 406, HOT-MIX ASPHALT BINDER

AND SURACE COURSE of the IDOT Standard Specifications.

3. Prime coats applied to HMA or aggregate bases as follows:

a. HMA base: prime coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square

yard. The exact rate to be specified by the Engineer.

b. Aggregate base/Trench Backfill: prime shall be applied at a rate of 0.25 to 0.50

gallons per square yard. The exact rate to be specified by the Engineer.





4. Placing of Mixture:

a. The placement of the surface coat shall be performed in accordance with Section 406

of the IDOT Standard Specifications as well as the following:

1) The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread and struck off to

grade. Bituminous pavers shall be used to distribute the mixture.

2) The longitudinal edge of the existing pavement shall be painted with a thin

uniform coating of tack coat material where it will adjoin new pavement.

E. Each lift of all material shall be field tested by IDOT certified pavement field testing inspector.

3.04 INSTALLATION – TEMPORARY PAVEMENT

A. Temporary pavement shall be HMA bituminous aggregate mixture, and installed in accordance

with Section 355, HOT-MIX ASPHALT BASE COURSE of the IDOT Standard Specifications.

B. Temporary pavement shall be removed and replaced with permanent pavement prior to

substantial completion being achieved.

C. Temporary pavement shall be installed where necessary by Contractor or as directed by

Engineer to form smooth continuous driving surface.

3.05 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE

A. The scheduled time for temporary and permanent pavement installation shall be approved by

the Engineer.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Work Zone Traffic Control, Protection and Signing


SECTION 02550

WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL, PROTECTION AND SIGNING

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Prepare and submit a Maintenance of Traffic Plan for approval by the Engineer.

B. Provide traffic control required for safe movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic through

the Work.

C. Obtain permits required for implementing traffic control.

D. Install and maintain all traffic control devices included in the approved Maintenance of Traffic

Plan.


A. Trenching is included in Section 02221.

B. Pavement is included in Section 02500.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals.

B. Maintenance of Traffic Plan – The Maintenance of Traffic Plan shall include a description of

barricades, signage, pavement markings, delineation, detours, temporary traffic signals and their

adjustment, and any other device necessary to safely control traffic through the work zones

during day, nighttime, weekend and holiday hours. Include locations and limits of any

excavations and clearly show how they will be protected.


A. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), Federal Highway Administration.

B. IDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction.

C. Where reference is made to the above publications, the revision in effect at the time of the bid

opening will apply.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Traffic control devices and materials shall conform to the MUTCD and the IDOT specifications

referenced in Paragraph 1.04 of this Section.



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Work Zone Traffic Control, Protection and Signing


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. A Maintenance of Traffic Plan is required whenever traffic is restrained in accordance with

Section 01014.

B. All driveways shall remain open to homes for the duration of the work. Vehicle traffic to

driveways shall not restricted.

3.02 DOCUMENTATION AND NOTIFICATION

A. Notify the Village of Oak Lawn when traffic will be impacted. Coordinate the installation and

removal of the traffic control devices. The Village may have additional traffic control

requirements or require permits to work in the rights of way. Obtain necessary permits.

3.03 FIELD WORK

A. Provide traffic control required for safe movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic through

the project limits as shown on the Drawings included in Appendix A.

B. Erect traffic control devices prior to the start of Field Work each day. Execute traffic control

without restricting access or interfering with the operations of local businesses, agencies, or

residents.

C. Adjust the traffic control devices throughout the work day as work progresses from site to site.

When feasible, traffic control devices shall be removed at the completion of the work day and

prior to leaving the site.

D. When traffic control devices are required to remain overnight, they shall be sufficiently visible

to local traffic during night hours.

E. Immediately maintain, repair or replace damaged traffic devices and traffic devices.

END SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings


SECTION 02616

DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required, install, disinfect and test

ductile iron pipe and fittings for piping for the performance of the Work.

B. Piping shall include all pipe and fittings.

C. Where the word "pipe" or “piping” is used it shall refer to pipe, fittings, or appurtenances

unless otherwise noted.

D. Ductile iron fittings shall be used for where fittings are required as shown in the Contract

Documents.

E. Ductile iron pipe will be restrained and used as closure pieces to connect existing pipe to the

CIPP lined pipe, where necessary.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Pipeline cleaning and testing of potable water lines is included in Section 01445.

B. Control of work is included in Section 01046.

C. Trenching, backfilling and compaction is included in Section 02221.

D. Granular fill materials are included in Section 02230.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit shop drawings and product data, including piping layouts, warranty information, in

accordance with Section 01300 and the referenced standards.

B. A figure and description for the closure piece connecting lined ductile iron pipe to existing

unlined pipe. See Part 3.03 of this Section

C. Submit the name of the pipe and fitting suppliers and a list of materials to be furnished.

D. Prior to shipment of pipe, certified copies of mill tests confirming the type of materials used in

the pipe, and shop testing of pipe to show compliance with the requirements of the applicable

standards, along with a sworn affidavit of compliance that the pipe complies with the

referenced standards, shall be submitted.

E. Submit information on all warranties per Section 01740.

F. Submit shop drawings with a tabulated laying schedule which shows where ductile iron pipe

shall be used. Drawings shall include all fittings, bends, outlets, restrained joints, tees, special

deflection bells, adapters, solid sleeves and specials, along with the manufacturer's drawings





and specifications providing complete details of all items. The laying schedule shall show pipe

class, class coding, station limits and transition stations for various pipe classes. The above

shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before manufacture and shipment. Full length

pipe may be supplied from inventory provided that all specification requirements are met.

Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to:

1. Complete and dimensional working drawings of all pipe layouts, including pipe stationing,

invert elevation at changes in grade or horizontal alignment, all elements of curves and

bends both in horizontal alignment and vertical position.

2. The grade of material; size and wall thickness of the pipe and fittings and appurtenances,

type and location of fittings, specials, and valves; and the type and limits of the lining,

lining reinforcing and coating systems of the pipe and fittings. Methods and procedures

recommended by the coating manufacturer will be documented.

3. Joint details; methods and locations of supports; and complete information concerning

type, size and location of all welds. Shop welds (no field welding will be allowed) will be

clearly differentiated and welds will be clearly detailed with preparation procedures for all

pipe and parent material comprising each weld. Critical welding procedures will be

identified along with methods for controlling welding stresses and distortions. Locations

and proposed joint details will also be clearly identified.

4. Method of manufacture of pipe; joint details; fittings; and any specials.

5. All other pertinent information for all items to be furnished; product data to show

compliance of all couplings, supports, fittings, coatings and related items.

G. Submit anticipated production and delivery schedule.

H. Prior to shipment of pipe, submit a certified affidavit of compliance from the manufacturer

stating that the pipe, fittings, gaskets, linings, exterior coatings, and polyethylene encasement

for this project have been manufactured and tested in accordance with AWWA and ASTM

standards and requirements specified herein.

I. Submit handling procedures for all phases from finished fabrication through delivery including

storage, transportation, loading, and unloading. This will include storage at the project site and

required protection following installation prior to startup.

1. Product name, part number, manufacturer, product information, and installation

instructions.


A. ASME International (ASME):

1. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Fittings.

B. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials

for High-Temperature Service.





2. ASTM A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-

Pressure and High-Temperature Service.

3. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.

4. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.

5. ASTM D4060 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the

Taber Abraser.

C. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

1. AWWA C104 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water.

2. AWWA C105 – Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.

3. AWWA C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3-in through 48-in (75mm Through

1219mm) for Water.

4. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

5. AWWA C115 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded

Flanges.

6. AWWA C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.

7. AWWA C151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water.

8. AWWA C153 - Ductile- Iron Compact Fittings, 3-in through 24-in and 54-in through 64-

in, for Water.

9. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances.

10. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains.

11. AWWA M41 - Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Manual of Water Supply Practices.

D. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC):

1. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning.

2. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.

3. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning.

4. SSPC-SP 12/NACE No. 5 - Joint Surface Preparation Standard: Surface Preparation and

Cleaning of Metals by Waterjetting Prior to Recoating.

E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid







A. It is a requirement of these Contract Documents to have all of the ductile iron pipe under thus

section designed and supplied by a single manufacturer rather than have selection and supply

of these items by a number of different manufacturers. Similarly, it is a requirement of these

Contract Documents to have all of the ductile iron fittings under this section designed and

supplied by a single manufacturer rather than have selection and supply of these items by a

number of different manufacturers. All connections between the pipe and fittings shall be

compatible.

B. Each length of ductile iron pipe supplied for the project shall be hydrostatically tested at the

point of manufacture to 500 psi for a duration of 10 seconds per AWWA C151. Testing may

be performed prior to machining bell and spigot. Failure of ductile iron pipe shall be defined as

any leak or rupture of the pipe wall. Certified test results shall be furnished in duplicate to the

Engineer prior to time of shipment.

C. All ductile-iron pipe and fittings to be installed under this project shall be inspected and tested

at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured.

Furnish in duplicate to the Engineer sworn certificates of such tests and their results at least 5

days prior to the shipment of the goods.

D. Inspection of the pipe and fittings will also be made by the Engineer or representative of the

Owner after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to

meet any of the Specification requirements even though pipe may have been accepted as

satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Pipe rejected after delivery (including defects from

manufacturing or delivery/transport) shall be marked for identification and shall immediately

be removed from the job at the Contractors expense.

E. All pipe and fittings to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant for

compliance with this Section by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner at the

Owner's expense.

F. All pipe and fittings shall be marked in accordance with all applicable AWWA standards.

Legibly and permanently mark all pipe, fittings, specials and appurtenances to be consistent

with the laying schedule and marking drawings (if required) with the following information:

1. Manufacturer, date.

2. Size, type, class, or wall thickness.

3. AWWA Standard(s) produced to.

4. Each pipe shall be identified with sequential numbering consistent with the laying schedule

and marking drawings and each marked pipe will appear on the marking drawings in the

identified location for installation.

5. Special fittings, bends, and appurtenances requiring specific orientation will be

appropriately marked with the words "TOP" in the correct position and in a consistent

location.





1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe, pipe

linings and pipe coatings. See AWWA C600 and the referenced AWWA Standards for

shipping, handling and storage procedures. All pipe and fittings shall be examined as noted in

Division 1. Any damage to linings or coatings discovered during the examination shall be

repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the cost of the Contractor, before proceeding

with the work.

B. Pipe shall be transported to the job site on padded bunks or oak timbers and secured with steel

banding or nylon tie down straps to adequately protect the pipe and coating. Slings, hooks, or

pipe tongs or other devices acceptable to the Engineer shall be used in pipe handling. No

uncushioned ropes, chairs, wedges, cables or levers shall be used in handling finished pipe,

fittings or couplings. Under no circumstances shall the pipe or fittings be dropped or skidded

against each other. Care shall be taken to preventing marring the pipe coating. Padded wooden

pipe cradles, or chocks suitable for the protection of coatings shall be used between finished

pipes and beneath them when pipes are placed upon rough surfaces. Pipe shall not be stored on

bare ground unless soft sand berms are used to support the pipe and is approved by the

Engineer.

C. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other

appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt, excessive corrosion or foreign matter at all times.

D. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by its manufacturer. The bottom

tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Stacking shall conform to

manufacturer's recommendations and/or AWWA C600.

E. Gaskets for mechanical and push-on joints to be stored shall be placed in a cool location out of

direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be

used on a first-in, first-out basis.

F. No metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted to come in contact unnecessarily with the

finished coating.

G. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent damage to the linings and coatings

that might be caused by handling and/or onsite storage of the finished pipe at low temperatures

(due to embrittlement), high temperatures or direct sunlight.

1.07 WARRANTIES

A. Provide warranties as required in Section 01740.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE

A. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151. Pipe shall be supplied in standard lengths as

much as possible. Pipe shall be made in the United States, acceptable manufacturers include

the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry, all pipe divisions of the

McWane Company, or an approved equal who is a member of the Ductile Iron Pipe Research





Association (DIPRA). All ductile iron pipe shall be supplied by a single manufacturer and all

ductile iron fittings shall be supplied by a single manufacturer.

B. Ductile iron pipe shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi with minimum yield

strength of 42,000 psi (per AWWA M-41).

C. Ductile iron pipe for direct bury shall be pressure class 350 for 10-inch and smaller diameter

pipe.

2.02 END TREATMENTS/JOINTS

A. Ductile iron pipe/fitting joints shall be push-on rubber gasket, locking ring type restrained

joints per the manufacturer' standard described in Paragraph B, except where flange joints are

shown on the Drawings. All gasket materials shall comply with AWWA M41. Rubber-gasket

joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Gasket shall be of styrene butadiene rubber (SBR).

B. Restraint for push on joint pipe shall be positive locking "Locked-type" joints manufactured by

the pipe and fitting manufacturer that utilize restraint independent of the joint gasket. All

restrained joints shall be suitable for the specified 225 psig test pressure. Joints shall be

fabricated of heavy section ductile iron casting. Bolts and nuts shall be low carbon steel

conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B7. Restraint for mechanical joint pipe shall use retainer

glands for restraining joint. Restrained push on joints shall be by one of the following or an

approved equal:

1. "TR Flex" by US Pipe and Foundry Company or McWane.

2. "Lok-Ring, "Flex Ring (positive locking style)" by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company.

3. Restrained joint pipe shall be used at the locations shown on the Drawings.

4. Restrained pipe joints that achieve restraint by incorporating cut out sections in the wall of

the pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness at the point of the cut out that corresponds

with the minimum specified wall thickness for the rest of the pipe.

5. The following may be used as an alternative restraint system:

a. The optional mechanical joint restraint shall be incorporated in the design of a

follower gland. The gland shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM

A536. Dimensions of the gland shall be such that it can be used with the standard

mechanical joint bell and tee-headed bolts, as specified with the pipe.

b. The restraint mechanism shall consist of numerous individually activated gripping

surfaces to maximize restraint capability. The gripping surfaces shall be wedges

designed to spread the bearing surfaces on the pipe. Actuation of the gripping wedges

shall be by torque limiting twist-off nuts. When the nut is sheared off, standard hex

nut shall remain.

c. The restraint device for ductile iron pipe shall have a working pressure of at least 225

psi and a safety factor of 2:1.

d. Pipe manufacturer proprietary mechanical joint restraint systems that utilize a wedge

style gripping systems or a gland/ring positive restraint system will be considered

acceptable on a case by case basis as determined by the Engineer.

e. The restraint device used for connections to all mechanical joint fittings shall be

EBAA Iron Series 1100 MEGALUG, or approved equal.





f. The restraint device used to restrain DIP pipe where required on the Drawings shall be

EBAA Iron Series 1700 MEGALUG Harness, or approved equal.

C. Threaded ductile iron flanges for ductile iron pipe shall be fabricated per AWWA C115 and

sealed during installation with a special high pressure, full face gasket per AWWA C111. At

the pipe manufacturer's option, the use of 250 lb pattern flanges, which are faced and drilled in

accordance with ASME B16.1 may be substituted in order to match valves or other equipment

and/or to meet the required working pressure requirements. All flanges shall be rated for the

same pressure as the adjacent pipe in all cases. Compatibility of the flanges with the 250 lb

class and higher special class AWWA valves is the responsibility of the Contractor:

1. Flanges shall be pre drilled and then faced after being screwed onto the pipe, with flanges

true to 90 degrees of the pipe axis and shall be flush with the end of the pipe.

2. Gaskets shall be ring configuration, comprised of compressed aramid fiber, 1/8" thick.

3. Blind flanges shall mate with regular flanges.

D. Couplings and Adapters:

1. Sleeve type couplings shall be Dresser Style 38, 138 or equal by Baker Coupling

Company, Smith Blair, or Romac industries.

2.03 FITTINGS

A. Fittings shall be supplied by one of the named pipe manufacturers or Engineer approved equal.

Fittings shall be as supplied by the American Cast Iron Pipe Company, U.S. Pipe and Foundry,

pipe divisions of the McWane Company, or an approved equal who is a member of the Ductile

Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA). All ductile iron pipe shall be supplied by a single

manufacturer and all ductile iron fittings shall be supplied by a single manufacturer.

B. The fittings supplier shall certify in writing that their fittings are compatible with the supplied

brand of pipe.

C. Closures shall be made with mechanical joint ductile iron solid sleeves unless alternate

approved coupling systems as described herein are used and shall be located in straight runs of

pipe at minimum cover outside the limits of restrained joint sections. Location of closures shall

be subject to approval of the Engineer.

2.04 INTERIOR LINING

A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall have a cement mortar interior lining in accordance with

AWWA C104 double thickness. The cement shall be Type II per ASTM C150.

2.05 EXTERIOR COATING AND ENCASEMENT

A. Buried pipe and fittings shall be installed with a bituminous coating in accordance with

AWWA C151 and C110 respectively.

B. All pipe and fittings shall be installed with V-Bio Enhanced polyethylene encasement

(polyethylene encasement). Polyethylene encasement shall be flat tube and have a minimum





thickness of 8 mils and meet or exceed the minimum standards established by AWWA C105,

current edition. Acceptable manufacturers include American, McWane, and US Pipe.

C. Polyethylene encasement shall meet minimum size requirements per TABLE 3 of section 2.15

of the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association's (DIPRA's) Installation Guide for Ductile Iron

Pipe.

D. A 2-inch wide plastic adhesive tape, such as Calpico Vinyl, Polyken, U.P.C. Tape, or approved

equal, shall be used for sealing seams, cuts, or tears in polyethylene encasement. Duct tape

shall not be allowed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe, lining

or coatings. Pipe and fittings shall not be dropped or skidded against each other. Slings, hooks

or pipe tongs shall be used for pipe handling. All pipe and fittings shall be examined before

laying and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe,

lining or coatings shall be repaired per manufacturer's recommendations. Handling and laying

of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and as specified

herein.

B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been laid, it shall be removed and replaced with

a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner. All pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before

laying, shall be kept clean until they are used in the work and when installed or laid, shall

conform to the lines and grades required.

C. Materials, if stored, shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other

appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt, excessive corrosion or foreign matter at all times.

D. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by its manufacturer. The bottom

tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Stacking shall conform to

manufacturer's recommendations and/or AWWA C600.

E. Gaskets for mechanical, push-on, and flange joints to be stored shall be placed in a cool

location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products.

Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out basis.

3.02 INSTALLING DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed in accordance with requirements of the laying

schedule AWWA C600, except as otherwise specified herein. A firm, even bearing throughout

the length of the pipe shall be provided by digging bell holes at each joint and by tamping

backfill materials at the side of the pipe to the springline per details shown on the Drawings.

Blocking will not be permitted. If any defective pipe or fitting is discovered after it has been

laid, it shall be removed and replaced with a sound pipe or fitting in a satisfactory manner by

the Contractor, at his/her own expense:

1. All pipe and fittings shall be kept clean and the interior of the pipe dry until they are used

in the work and shall be sound and thoroughly cleaned before laying. When laid, the pipe





and fittings shall conform to the lines and grades required. When laying is not in progress,

including lunch breaks, open ends of the pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other

approved means. Sufficient backfill shall be placed to prevent flotation. The deflection at

joints shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer.

2. All ductile iron pipe laid underground shall have the minimum cover shown on the

Drawings or as specified herein. Pipe shall be laid such that the top of pipe elevations

shown on the Drawings are not exceeded.

3. Fittings, in addition to those shown on the Drawings shall be provided, where required, in

crossing utilities which may be encountered upon opening the trench. Solid sleeve closures

shall be installed at locations approved by the Engineer.

4. The pipe interior shall be maintained dry and broom clean throughout the construction

period.

5. When field cutting the pipe is required, the cutting shall be done by machine, leaving a

smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe. The end of the cut pipe shall be beveled

to conform to the manufacture's recommendations for the spigot end. Any coating removed

from the cut end shall be repaired according to the coating manufacturer's

recommendation. Cement lining shall be undamaged. Cutting of restrained joint pipe will

not be allowed, unless approved at specific joints in conjunction with the use of restrainer

glands by EBAA Iron or field adaptable restrained joints. Where field cuts are permitted,

the pipe to be cut shall be supplied by the factory as "gauged full length". Should full

length gauged pipe be unavailable, the pipe to be cut shall be field gauged at the location of

the new spigot using a measuring tape, or other means approved by the manufacturer, to

verify that the diameter is within the tolerances permitted in Table 1 of AWWA C151.

B. Jointing Ductile-Iron Pipe:

1. Push-on joints shall be made in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions, AWWA

C600 and Appendix B of AWWA C111. If there is conflict, the manufacturer's instructions

shall take precedence. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends looking ahead. A rubber gasket

shall be inserted in the groove of the bell end of the pipe. The joint surfaces shall be

cleaned and lubricated and the plain end of the pipe shall be aligned with the bell of the

pipe to which it is to be joined and pushed home. After joining the pipe, a metal feeler shall

be used to make certain that the rubber gasket is properly seated.

2. Mechanical joints shall be assembled in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions, AWWA C600 and Appendix A of AWWA C111. If there is conflict, the

manufacturer's instructions shall take precedence. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends looking

ahead. To assemble the joints in the field, thoroughly clean and lubricate the joint surfaces

and rubber gasket. Bolts shall be tightened to the specified torques. Under no condition

shall extension wrenches or pipe over handle of ordinary ratchet wrench be used to secure

greater leverage. After installation, apply a bitumastic coating to bolts and nuts and install

polyethylene encasement as specified.

3. Bolts in mechanical or restrained joints shall be tightened alternately and evenly. Restraint

for mechanical joint pipe shall use retainer glands for restraining joint. All restrained

mechanical joints shall be suitable for the specified test pressure.





4. Restrained joints shall be installed according to pipe manufacturer's instructions.

5. Flanged joints shall be assembled in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions

and Appendix C of AWWA C111, and to the maximum torque calculated by the

Contractor’s engineer as outlined in Part. If there is conflict, the manufacturer's instructions

shall take precedence. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that there is no restraint on

opposite ends of pipe or fitting, which would prevent uniform gasket compression, cause

unnecessary stress, bending or torsional strains, or distortion of flanges or flanged fittings.

Adjoining push on joints shall not be assembled until flanged joints have been tightened.

Flange bolts shall be tightened uniformly to compress the gasket uniformly and obtain a

seal. Flange bolts shall be left with approximately 1/2-inch projection beyond the face of

the nut after tightening. After installation apply a bitumastic coating to the bolts and nuts as

specified.

6. Sleeve couplings shall only be installed for closure or as shown on the Drawings.

Couplings shall not be assembled until adjoining joints have been assembled. After

installation. Apply a heavy bitumastic coating to the bolts and nuts and install protective

wrap recommended by the manufacturer or as required herein. Care shall be exercised to

insure that the insulating properties of insulating and dielectric couplings are maintained.

C. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be encased in a polyethylene encasement in accordance

with method A of AWWA C105, and the Drawings.

3.03 CLOSURE PIECE

A. The closure piece between lined ductile iron pipe and existing pipe shall be restrained at all

joints. The portion of the closure piece in the direction of lined pipe shall be lined through so

that when the final unlined closure piece is installed, restraint in the direction of the lined pipe

shall be to new pipe, and not existing pipe.

3.04 FILLING, CLEANING AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING

A. Following installation of pipeline segments, the pipeline will be filled with potable water,

cleaned, and hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 01445.

3.05 CHLORINATION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING OF PIPELINES

A. The pipeline shall be chlorinated and bacteriological tested following the hydrostatic test in

accordance with Section 01445.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Gate Valves


SECTION 02642

GATE VALVES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to design, manufacture,

assemble, test, and install gate valves and appurtenances including bolts, nuts, and gaskets.

B. Mechanical joint gate valves shall be installed where new gate valve and valve vaults shall be

installed at the location shown on the Drawings in Appendix A.

C. Gate valves shall be installed in valve vaults in accordance with the details in Appendix B.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300.

1. Submit catalog data, including illustrations and parts list that identify materials of

construction.

2. Submit shop drawings showing the principal dimensions, construction details, and

materials used for all parts of the valve.

3. Submit weight of valves.

4. Submit shop testing reports.

5. Submit Operation and Maintenance Data in accordance with Section 01730 and as follows:

a. Describe proper storage, installation instructions, maintenance procedures, bolt

torques, repair techniques, and all other pertinent information to allow the Owner to

perform required operation and maintenance of the valve.

b. Incorporate appropriate final certified Shop Drawings. Final wiring diagrams will be

included where electrical components are installed.

6. Submit valve vault, frame and lid as shown in Appendix B.

1.03 RELATED WORK

A. Trenching is included in Section 02221.


A. The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their

entirety.

B. ASME International (ASME):

1. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Fittings.





C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High

Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications.

2. ASTM A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High

Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both.

3. ASTM A536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.

4. ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General

Applications.

5. ASTM B763 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for Valve

Applications.

D. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

1. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.

2. AWWA C213 - Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior of Steel

Water Pipelines.

3. AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.

4. AWWA C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.

5. AWWA C515 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.

6. AWWA C550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants.

E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid



A. Manufacturer’s Qualification:

1. All units of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer.

B. Design Criteria:

1. All valves and appurtenances shall be new and in perfect working condition. Valves shall

be designed for continuous use with a minimum of maintenance and service required and

shall perform the required function without exceeding the safe limits for stress, strain or

vibration. In no case will used or damaged valves or hydrants be acceptable. The selection

of equipment to meet the specified design conditions is the responsibility of the Contractor.

Both workmanship and material shall be of the very best quality and shall be entirely

suitable for the service conditions specified.





C. Source Quality Control:

1. Resilient-seated gate valves shall be shop tested in accordance with AWWA C509.

1.06 WARRANTY

A. Warranty does not cover routine or normal deterioration or damage of the product resulting

from using the product under the specified operational parameters and assumes that routine

maintenance as required by the product’s standard operation and maintenance manual is

performed by the Owner.

B. Valves provided as part of this Section shall be guaranteed to operate for the design conditions

described herein without defects in materials, workmanship, or operational failure for the

warranty period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 RESILIENT SEATED VALVES

A. All 6” gate valves shall be resilient seated, non-rising stem (NRS) with wedge disc in strict

accordance with AWWA C515, and shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psig. The

body, bonnet, yoke, and gate shall be constructed of ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron.

Valves shall be by East Jordan Ironworks and have stainless steel hardware.

B. The stem shall be constructed of ASTM B584 or B763 Bronze and shall be provided with an

inside screw.

C. The non-rising stem and bonnet shall be sealed by Buna-N rubber O-rings.

D. All fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel according to ASTM A193, Grade B8M bolts and

ASTM A194, Grade 8M.

E. Provide valve end connections as shown on the Drawings, and as follows:

1. Mechanical Joint Ends:

a. Mechanical joint ends for valves shall confirm with AWWA C111.

F. Valve Coatings:

1. Internal surfaces at the valve body and bonnet of resilient seated gate valves shall be in

accordance with AWWA C550 and shall be a minimum of 3 coats of 4 mils dry film

thickness (MDFT) of the valve manufacturer’s standard polyamide epoxy. Interior coatings

shall be NSF 61 approved.

2. External surfaces shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy (FBE) in accordance with

AWWA C213. FBE shall be 100% solids and have a minimum 24 MDFT.

G. Operators:

1. Operators shall turn counterclockwise to open the valve.





2. Valves shall have a 2” square nut operator unless otherwise shown.

3. Provide a hand wheel where indicated. A directional arrow and the word “OPEN” shall be

cast or affixed by a tag on the hand wheel.

4. Where valves are mounted horizontally, they shall have a non-rising stem with an enclosed

bevel gear suitable for buried service. Bevel gear shall be grease lubricated.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SHOP TESTING

A. Test resilient seated gate valves 3-inch through 12-inch diameter in accordance with AWWA

C509.

B. Submit shop testing report, including testing procedures and results, for each valve supplied.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Carefully handle and lower valves to be installed in vaults into position to prevent damage to

any part of the valves. Place the valve in the proper position with stem truly vertical and

securely hold until connections have been made. Furnish bolts, nuts, and gaskets. The

Contractor shall be responsible for adjusting the valve boxes to the proper length to conform to

the ground surface.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Upon completion of installation of the equipment, an acceptance test to verify the satisfactory

operation of each unit shall be conducted. The test shall be conducted in a manner approved by

and in the presence of the Engineer. The unit shall be checked for general operation and

leakage. The unit must perform in a manner acceptable to the Engineer before final acceptance

will be made by the Engineer.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Temporary Services


SECTION 02666

TEMPORARY SERVICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install and remove all

temporary service pipe and connections to existing fire hydrants of the sizes required to provide

adequate service to all water consumers whose potable water service will be interrupted by the

work and to fulfill fire service requirements. Existing fire hydrants connected to pipe being

replaced and serving as temporary fire hydrants shall be connected to the temporary pipe at

locations directed by the Engineer, and shall remain operational for the duration of work.

B. The Contractor shall provide temporary water service to all fire hydrants, residences served by

the watermain to be lined, and all other water customers with small diameter services currently

connected to mains to be shut off, in order to facilitate the work, by means of temporary hose

connections. These temporary service connections shall be made to sill cocks outside the

buildings or to temporary connections at the meter inside the buildings, as may be required or

directed.

C. In cases where access to the building water meter is not possible or where temporary service

connection using hoses would not provide adequate supply capacity a temporary service

connection shall be made to the existing service pipe in the street between the corporation cock

at the main and the curb stop, or in the sidewalk area between the curb stop and the service shut

off valves inside the building.

D. The work of relocating existing service and of furnishing and installing temporary service pipe,

temporary customer services and other branches, maintaining the same, providing suitable

safety precautions and removal of the temporary service pipe system shall be the sole

responsibility and expense of the Contractor.

E. Temporary services shall not be used between December 1st and March 30th.

F. Permanent services shall be reinstated using robotic methods. If robotic method fails, Contractor

shall reinstate service via open cut using water service standard detail in Appendix B.

Reinstating service and all incidental costs shall be paid for by Contractor.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit all temporary service pipe and fittings.

B. Submit letter on Contractor letterhead that the temporary service pipe and fittings to be supplied

will all be new and never before used.

C. The Contractor shall submit a Temporary Service Pipe Layout Plan for the proposed layout of

the temporary service pipe and connections to the existing distribution system for the Engineer's

approval. This plan shall be drawn on a clean set of project drawings and the temporary service

pipe layout shall be consistent with the Contractor's proposed sequence of operations. Proposed

changes in the layout of temporary service piping that the Contractor wishes to make, as the

work proceeds, shall also be submitted for the Engineer's approval.






A. American Water Works Association (AWWA)

1. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains.

B. Where reference is made to the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening

shall apply.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 TEMPORARY SERVICE PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. The temporary service pipe, connections and branches shall be of the highest quality, meet

current American Water Works Association (AWWA) standards, and shall be fully adequate to

withstand the pressures and all conditions of use. All pipe shall be new, never before used, and

be NSF 61 and/or FDA approved for contact with drinking water. Used pipe shall be rejected.

B. HDPE service pipe and associated fittings shall meet the requirements of AWWA C906 and

shall meet the minimum requirements: pressure class (PC) 100, Dimension Ratio (DR) 21, and

material designation PE 4710.

C. PVC service pipe shall meet the requirements of AWWA C900

D. Corporation cocks shall be Mueller 15008 conductive compression with standard tapered

Mueller "CC" threads; McDonald 4700 Series or equal.

E. Curb stops shall be McDonald 6100T conductive compression teflon coated ball valves.

F. Copper tubing of the sizes required shall be Type "K" soft temper conforming to ASTM B88.

The name and type shall be stamped at intervals along the pipe.

G. Compression couplings for brass or copper pipe of 3/4-in to 2-in shall be a three part

compression union McDonald, Model 47581, all other couplings shall be Dresser, Style 38 of

the sizes required.

H. Curb boxes shall be a two piece telescoping cast iron design equal to the Buffalo, Model B-

2010 top and 94.E bottom.

I. Corporation adapters shall be McDonald Compression type.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Temporary service pipe shall not be installed without the prior approval of the Engineer, and

shall be installed as approved in the Temporary Service Pipe Layout Plan.

B. Generally, temporary service pipe shall be laid in the grassy parkway outside of pavement when

installed parallel to pavement. At driveways, pipe crossings shall be protected by bituminous

pavement patch or other approved method. At street intersections, the Contractor shall cut a





straight line in the existing bituminous paving and lay the temporary service pipe in a shallow

trench covered with bituminous pavement patch. The installation shall be watertight. Care shall

be exercised throughout to avoid any possible pollution of mains, house services, or the

temporary service pipe. The interior of temporary service pipe, temporary hoses and any other

connection pipe to convey water for potable use shall be chlorinated prior to its use in

accordance with AWWA C651.

C. All temporary pipe shall be suitably valved and meet the approval of the Engineer. A valve shall

be provided at each hydrant connection and each tap hole connection. Valves shall be located no

further than 500-ft apart when directed by the Engineer.

D. Whether it is being installed, in service, or being removed, the amount of temporary service

pipe kept on the job shall be the minimum that will allow the work to continue at a reasonable

rate.

E. Entry into any residence shall be coordinated with the Owner in accordance with Section

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining TV Inspection of Water Pipelines


SECTION 02765

TV INSPECTION OF WATER PIPELINES

PART 1 GENERAL


A. Provide labor, equipment, services and incidentals required, and perform closed-circuit

television (CCTV) inspections necessary to complete the specified work. Complete this work in

accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. Provide mobilization and demobilization of digital CCTV inspection equipment, trained

engineering technicians, and deployment crew as required to complete the requirements of the

Contract Documents.

C. Provide means, access the site, creation of access points to water main, and complete the set-up

and deployment of the CCTV inspection equipment into the pipeline to be inspected. It is the

Contractor’s responsibility to confirm access against CCTV equipment dimensions and

capabilities.

D. Provide labor, equipment and materials required and collect the CCTV and visual inspection

data to document pre- and post-rehabilitation condition of water main and service connections.

E. Provide labor, equipment and materials required to complete the specified rehabilitation work

and document a clear video and audio record of internal pipe condition.

F. Restore the site to its pre-inspection condition as approved by the Engineer.

G. Provide the labor, equipment and material required to post process data.

H. Prepare and deliver the data and associated reports to the Contractor in accordance with this

Section and Section 01300, Submittals.


A. Submittal requirements are detailed in Section 01300, Submittals.

B. Traffic Control requirements are detailed in Section 02550, Traffic Control.

C. Drawings showing the water pipelines included in the work are in Appendix A of the

Specification.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Planning Document (The Plan) – Detail a plan for efficiently and safely implementing the

CCTV inspections and completing the required data documentation and reports. The plan shall

be prepared and submitted in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals.





At a minimum, the plan shall:

1. Summarize access issues that were identified by field visits and identify measures that will

be taken to address these issues.

2. List locations requiring traffic controls and discuss proposed traffic control methods for

each location. Submit a copy of the Traffic Control Plan as described in Section 02550,

Work Zone Traffic Control, Protection and Signing required to perform CCTV inspections.

3. Present the Temporary Service Maintenance Plan as described in Section 02666,

Temporary Flow Control.

4. Present the project schedule.

B. Initial Inspection Data – After the first pipes have been inspected, the Contractor shall submit to

the Engineer a DVD (or a USB drive) of the inspection video files. The Engineer will review

the video for conformance to the Specifications. The Contractor shall incorporate Engineer

comments into subsequent inspections in preparation of the Draft and Final Water Main

Inspection Data reports.

C. Draft Water Main Inspection Data Report– Provide the Contractor with draft copies of the

CCTV inspection video for each project area. Draft copies shall include video files and a

summary of observations including service locations. The draft copy does not need to comply

with the specified naming conventions required for the final water main inspection data. A full

set of water main inspection data shall be conveyed to the Contractor immediately after each

area is inspected to allow the Contractor to identify and recommend rehabilitation work for that

area.

D. Final Water Main Inspection Data Report – Provide two copies of the CCTV inspection data to

the Contractor via three external hard drive with a complete set of CCTV inspection data

included on the drive.

1. Data to be submitted on the hard drive shall include:

a. Pipe and service location data.

b. MPEG files for each pipe segment

1) The video file shall include video records of the inspection and audio

commentary.

2) The video file shall include a running footage counter.

3) If more than one pipe segment is inspected per camera deployment, a video file

showing each of the multiple pipes shall be generated.

4) Video files shall be named to reference pipe ID. Refer to PART 3 –

EXECUTION for naming convention information.

5) Video data shall be in MPEG-1 or MPEG-2 format and shall be viewable with

codecs that are available and standard with Windows Media Player, Windows XP

and later.

c. One page summary of inspection results

1) The Contractor shall submit a one-page summary sheet for each pipe segment in

a *.pdf file. This one-page summary will summarize the location (footage from

start of inspection) and defect code observed in each pipe segment.





2) Each one-page summary should clearly indicate the start and end identification

numbers (e.g., the camera is deployed at location A and the survey ends at

location B) and the direction of survey.

3) If more than one pipe segment is inspected per camera deployment, a one-page

summary shall be generated for each segment.

4) One page summary files shall be named to reference the pipe ID that is inspected.

Refer to PART 3 – EXECUTION for naming convention information.

2. Each type of data listed in Paragraph 1.03.D (i.e., database files, MPEG files, hard copy

summaries) shall be organized in separate folders on the hard drive).

3. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to convert inspection data into the file formats listed in

this specification. The Contractor and Contractor will not conduct any post-processing of

data. Failure to comply with formatting listed in this specification will result in an

immediate rejection of the submittal.

E. Draft Water Main Inspection Data Report – Contents of the Draft Inspection Report shall, at a

minimum, include:

1. A hard copy and digital copy (in Excel *.xls or *.xlsx format) of the summary of work

completed by the Contractor. This summary shall be organized similar to Appendix A of

the Contract Documents and shall list, at a minimum:

a. Field measured diameter of pipes

b. Field measured length of pipes inspected

c. Field measured length of pipes cleaned

d. This summary will be used as the basis for unit cost payment. Accuracy and

consistency between totals in the table and those presented in the other inspection

submittals is important. The Contractor shall explain in the summary table any

discrepancies between totals listed in the table, totals reported in daily inspection logs

and distances shown on inspection videos.

2. A hard copy of the one-page inspection summaries listed in Paragraph 1.03.D.

3. Completed inspection logs for each day of work.

F. Final Water Main Inspection Data Report – The final report shall be the draft report with

Engineer’s comments incorporated.


A. Illinois Department of Transportation’s Standard Specification for Road and Bridge

Construction.

B. Illinois Environmental Protection Agency Standards for Sewer and Water Main Construction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

2.01 EQUIPMENT

A. The television camera shall be specifically designed and constructed for water main inspection

with a capacity for radial viewing (360°) and of proper height to allow inspection of the water





main, and service connections. Televising should be accomplished via remotely operated

camera.

B. The radial view camera shall be solid state color and have remote control of the rotational lens.

The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete circumference of the pipe and manhole

structure, including the corbel, barrel and cone sections. Cameras incorporating mirrors for

viewing sides or using exposed rotating heads are not acceptable. The camera lens shall be an

auto-iris type with remote controlled manual override.

C. The camera light head shall include a high-intensity side viewing lighting system to allow

illumination of internal sections of lateral sewer connections. Lighting for the camera shall

illuminate the entire periphery of the sewer for a distance of 30-ft ahead of the camera. The

camera shall be operable in 100% humidity conditions. Picture quality and definition shall be to

the satisfaction of the Engineer. Communications shall be provided for controlling the winches

and monitor.

D. The camera shall be equipped with a calibrated distance meter that provides a digital readout on

the video monitor. Measurement will be accurate to one foot per 100-ft of inspected pipe.

E. All media used to record inspection video shall be previously unrecorded, premium grade.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WATER MAIN INSPECTION

A. The intent of water main inspection to identify and document water service locations, confirm

pipe integrity, and confirmation of the proper liner installation.

3.02 INSPECTION DATA AND DOCUMENTATION

File Naming Convention for Sewer Inspections –Post-rehabilitation inspection files shall be

named to reference the pipe ID, which is the street pipe is located in, and the direction of

inspection. Inspections shall indicate weather camera moving North (N), South (S), East (E ),

or West (W).

For example:

Pipe ID Parke Av

A south to north inspection Parke_S2N

A north to south inspection Parke_N2S

A. File Naming during Multiple Setups on One Pipe -There may be situations that require

inspecting an individual pipe segment from more than one direction, e.g. the camera is only able

to inspect 75% of the segment heading downstream, and the remaining 25% is inspected

heading upstream. The name of additional files produced in these circumstances shall be the

pipe ID, followed by “_1”, “_2” etc and then followed by the inspection direction indicator per

Paragraph 3.01.B.





For example:

Pipe ID: Parke Av

Partial inspection was south to north and was interrupted: Parke Av_1_S2N

Remaining inspection was north to south Parke Av_2_N2S

B. Water Main Inspection Data - Document internal water main inspections via digital video

recordings, digital photos and an inspection database.

C. Digital Video and Audio File - Digital video shall be defined as ISO-MPEG Level 1 (MPEG-1)

or Level 2 (MPEG-2) coding having a resolution of 640 pixels (x) by 480 pixels (y) and an

encoded frame rate of 29.97 frames per second. The digital recording shall include both audio

and video information that accurately reproduces the original picture and sound of the video

inspection. The video portion of the digital recording shall be free of electrical interference and

shall produce a clear and stable image. The audio portion shall be sufficiently free of

background and electrical noise so as to produce an oral report that is clear and discernible.

Separate digital recordings shall be made for each pipe segment, and shall be properly

identified, via continuous on-screen display and voice-over recording. Identification shall

include:

1. Pipe Identifier

2. Starting Location Identification Number

3. Finishing Location Identification Number

4. Direction of Inspection (N, S, E, or W)

5. Distance of the Survey (linear feet)

6. Village of Oak Lawn

7. Date

8. Time

D. Audio Narrative - A vocal or computerized audio narrative of observations made during CCTV

inspection shall be recorded on the audio portion of the video. Voice descriptions should be

made at:

1. Structural and O&M defects

2. The location of service connections

3. Points where unusual conditions are noted





4. Points where digital still photos are taken

The narrator of the videos shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. If during the

course of the project the inspection is rejected due to narration, the tape shall be edited and

an alternative narrator's voice shall be dubbed in. Video recordings shall include a

continuous video display / readout of similar information, as described in earlier

paragraphs.

E. CCTV Inspection Coding – All CCTV inspections shall be coded. The following conventions

shall be followed for all inspections.

1. The inspection coding shall be consistent for all pipelines.

2. All continuous defects shall be closed with the same defect code as when opened. Each

start code number must have a corresponding finish code number.

F. Distance Measurements - The digital distance measurement readout shall be included in the

video recording. If there is a dispute on pipe length, this measurement will be used at the

Engineer’s discretion to verify the length of work.

G. Data Quality - If any inspection video and/or audio recording is of poor quality, the Contractor

has the right to reject the recording and request that it be redone, at no additional cost to the

Contractor.

H. Inspection Data – Submit the Inspection Data required in Section 1.03 of this Specification.

3.03 FIELD WORK

A. Pre-Field Work Meeting – Attend and participate in the Pre-Field Work Meeting specified in

Section 01046 – PROJECT MEETINGS and scheduled by the Engineer a minimum of 15 days

prior to the start of the TV Inspection Work.

B. Protection and Restoration of Property – Protect and restore the Contractor’s, public, and

private property in accordance with IDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge

Construction. Restore sites to pre-inspection condition within seven calendar days after the

Field Work at the site is completed.

C. Deployment and Operation of Inspection Equipment – Deploy and operate the inspection

equipment according to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

D. Defect Location and Pipe Length Measurement - Measurement for location of defects and

actual length of pipe shall be by means of a calibrated meter on the camera with a digital

readout on the video monitor. This readout shall be included in the video recording.

Measurement will be accurate to one foot per 100 ft of inspected pipe. The defect database shall

track length to defect by referencing the video frame number of each observed defect.

E. Inspection Speed -The camera shall be directed through the sewer in a downstream direction,

with the flow, at a uniform, slow rate. In no case will the video camera record while moving at

a speed greater than 30-ft per minute. If the inspection is rejected due to camera speeds

exceeding 30-ft per minute, the Contractor has the right to request that it be redone, at no

additional cost.





F. Panning and Zooming - The CCTV camera operator shall stop, pan, and zoom at any observed

pipe defects. The CCTV operator shall also stop, pan, and zoom at each pipe connection in

order to best capture the size, location, and approximate elevation of each connection.

G. Reverse Setups - If inspection or cleaning equipment cannot pass through the entire section of

the pipeline, at the Engineer’s direction and if possible, reset the equipment at a downstream

manhole, and attempt to inspect the section from the opposite direction. If the equipment again

fails to pass through the blocked section, the inspection of that pipe section shall be suspended.

The Contractor will only be paid for footage that is inspected and documented by the camera’s

distance counter.

H. Daily Coordination Meeting – Attend and participate in the Daily Coordination Meetings as

described in Section 01046, Project Meetings.

I. Sanitation of Inspection Equipment – Equipment shall be sanitized and appropriate for use with

potable water infrastructure.

3.04 PAYMENT

A. The Engineer will pay the Contractor only for inspection work completed and verified with

video, audio, digital and/or hard copy records that is acceptable according to the Contract

Documents.

B. Pre-rehabilitation inspections, CCTV camera work to facilitate rehabilitation and post-

rehabilitation inspections shall be inclusive of the associated rehabilitation work.

END SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Cured In-Place Pipe (Water Mains)


SECTION 02766

CURED IN-PLACE PIPE (WATER MAINS)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 REQUIREMENT

A. It is the intent of this specification to provide for the rehabilitation of potable water pipelines by

the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube which is formed to the original conduit and

cured to produce a continuous and tight fitting Cured in-Place Pipe (CIPP). The CIPP product

and permanent appurtenances shall be designed for potable water main application, and be

National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 61 certified.

B. The work specified in this Section includes all labor, materials, accessories, equipment and tools

necessary to install and test CIPP lining at the locations shown on the Drawings and as specified

herein. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and

install CIPP lining and appurtenances complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified

herein.

Cured-in-place pipe lining is specified as the only acceptable product for lining all water mains

specified on the Drawings.

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials and perform all operations in

connection with the complete installation of CIPP for water mains as specified herein and as

shown in the figures in Appendix A, including pit excavations, testing, and disinfection. The

Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating work in this Section with related work specified

elsewhere in this Contract, so as to provide all hardware and accessories for a complete

installation.

1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A. Section 01300 – Submittal Procedures

B. Section 02221 – Trenching, Backfilling, and Compaction

C. Section 02616 – Ductile Iron Pipe

D. Section 02765 – TV Inspection of Water Pipelines

1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these specifications, all work, hereunder

shall conform to the applicable requirements of the referenced portions of the most recent

versions of the following documents, to the extent that the requirements therein are not in

conflict with the provisions of this Section.

1. ASTM F1216: Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and

Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube.





2. ASTM D5813: Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Pipe

3. ASTM D638: Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Plastic

4. ASTM D790: Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics

and Electrical Insulating Materials

5. ASTM D2990: Tensile, Compressive, and Flexural Creep and Creep-Rupture of Plastics

6. AWWA M28: Manual on Cleaning and Lining Water Mains

7. ASTM F1743: Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by Pulled-in-Place

Installation of Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP).

8. ASTM F2019: Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by

the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in-Place

Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP)

9. NSF/ANSl 61: Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects

1.04 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Contractor performing the CIPP lining work shall be fully qualified, experienced and

equipped to complete this work expeditiously and in a satisfactory manner and shall be certified

and/or licensed as an installer by the CIPP manufacturer. Only commercially proven products

shall be permitted for installation on this project. In addition the Contractor shall verify they

meet the following requirements:

1. The CIPP Contractor, as a firm, shall have minimum of 10,000 LF of pressure-rated CIPP

liner successfully installed of a similar pressure rating and using the specific method of

installation and curing being used. Include installation references especially at least 3

project of similar in size and scope to this project. The submittal shall include, at a

minimum, the client contact name, phone number, and the diameter and footage of pipe

rehabilitated. Documentation for product and installation experience must be satisfactory to

the Owner.

2. The CIPP Contractor's Superintendent who will perform the work under this Section must

have at least 3 years of experience and have successfully installed at least 5,000 linear feet

of pressure-rated CIPP of similar pressure rating, and specific method of installed and

curing. Include installation references of a minimum of 3 projects and include the client

contact name, phone number, a brief description of the project, and the diameter and footage

of pipe rehabilitated. Documentation of installation experience must be satisfactory to the

Owner.

3. The Contractor shall submit a certified statement from the manufacturer that he/she is a

certified and/or licensed installer of the CIPP lining.

4. A minimum of three municipal clients that the CIPP Contractor has performed this type of

work for, including names, phone numbers, linear footage, and a description of the actual

work performed.





5. The installed liner shall be able to be tapped in the future (well after final completion is

achieved). Contractor shall submit tapping procedures for service taps and illustrations to

clearly show how service taps would be made to installed liner. Procedure shall be

acceptable to the Village. If not, bid may be rejected or corrective measures shall be made

acceptable to the Village.

B. The Contractor shall also be capable of providing crews as needed to complete the work without

undue delay.

C. The Engineer shall approve or disapprove the Contractor and/or manufacturer based on the

submitted information and a follow up interview, if warranted. The Owner reserves the right to

reject any lining manufacturer at their discretion.

D. Inspection of the liner may be made by the Engineer or Representative of the Owner after

delivery. The liner shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of

the requirements specified, even though sample liner may have been accepted as satisfactory at

the place of manufacture. Liner rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall

be removed from the job site at once.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and other information to the Owner for review in

accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals.

B. The Contractor shall submit design data and specification data sheets listing all parameters used

in the CIPP design and thickness calculations based on ASTM F1216 or F2019 and D2412 for

"fully deteriorated pressure pipe conditions." All CIPP liner design calculations shall be sealed

and signed by a registered professional Engineer in the state of Illinois and certified by the

manufacturer as to the compliance of his materials to the values used in the calculations. Submit

P.E. certification form for all CIPP design data. Submit detailed installation procedures, lining

production schedule and location, testing procedures and schedule, quality control procedures,

liner curing procedures including heat-up and cool-down rates, curing temperature and duration,

and shipping and storage requirements, schedule and procedures.

C. Product data on fabric tube, fiberglass laminate, end seal, internal (wrap) end sleeve, flexible

membrane, resin, etc.

D. Technical data sheets showing the physical and chemical properties of resin as described in

Section 2.02.

E. Documentation as specified herein for the Wet Out and Cure Report (Part 3.08).

F. Documentation as specified herein for the CCTV Inspection (Part 3.05).

G. Provide a detailed work plan showing proposed pit locations, even if locations are identical to

those shown on plans, sequence of main lining including durations of lining.





H. Provide a detailed schedule of all operations as required in Section 01300 including, but not

limited to, durations and sequencing, main CCTV and cleaning, main lining, curing, main

pressure testing and disinfection.

1. Curing log, including temperatures, pressures, and times during the curing process to

document that a proper cure has been achieved. Curing log is to be submitted immediately

after the curing is complete for each line segment that is rehabilitated.

I. Submit DVD or external based drive showing cleaned pipe before and after lining activities.

J. Contractor shall provide record drawings detailing the location of all linings, piping valves, and

appurtenances installed in performance with the work.

K. Submit sample (12-inch long) with cured liner to Engineer. Engineer shall send sample to

Contractor’s laboratory for testing of the physical properties of the liner as listed in Part 2.04.H of

this Section. Contractor shall pay for all shipping, laboratory testing, and all costs for testing.

L. Laboratory test data of installed cured liner thickness, tensile strength, and flexural modules of

elasticity. Testing shall be in conformance with the associated ASTM test standard (ASTM D638

and D790) shall be submitted by the laboratory testing agency to the Engineer.

M. Submit permanent service restoration plan a minimum of 30 days prior to the restoration of any

permanent water service to the lined pipe. The permanent service restoration plan shall include a

figure and any other illustrations necessary to clearly convey the procedure for restoration of all

permanent services. Should the service restoration plan change during the course of the project,

the Contractor shall submit a revised plan reflecting those changes. At a minimum, the plan shall

include the stepwise approach to restoring all permanent services, approach for opening the new

services, and all other information to fully restore and check that the homeowner is receiving

water at their interior plumbing features at adequate pressure and flowrate existing prior to the

start of Work.

1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Care shall be taken in shipping, handling and storage to avoid damaging the liner. Extra care shall

be taken during cold weather construction. Any liner damaged during shipment or handling shall

be replaced as directed by the Owner.

B. Any liner showing a split or tear, or which has otherwise received damage shall be marked as

rejected and removed at once from the job site.

C. The liner shall be maintained at a proper temperature in refrigerated facilities to prevent

premature curing at all times prior to installation. Any liner showing evidence of premature

curing will be rejected for use by the Owner and will be removed from the site immediately.

1.07 WARRANTY

A. The liner shall be certified by the manufacturer for specified material properties for a particular

job. The manufacturer warrants the liner to be free from defects in raw materials for three years

from the date of written acceptance of the liner by the Engineer. Acceptance is defined as the

installed liner meeting all test requirements. During the warranty period, any defects which affect





the integrity or strength of the pipe shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense in a manner

mutually agreed by the Owner and the Contractor.

PART 2 PRODUCT

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. CIPP lining manufacturer shall be Aqua Pipe System, Insitu-Form Insitumain, or approved equal.

2.02 TUBE

A. The flexible tube shall consist of one or more layers of flexible needled felt and/or fiberglass,

absorbent woven or non-woven felt fabric, or a combination thereof, with a glass-fiber mat

reinforcement material that meets the requirements of ASTM F1216, Section 5.1. The tube shall

be compatible with the resin system utilized. The tube shall be constructed to withstand

installation pressures and stretch to fit irregular pipe sections.

B. The liner shall be impregnated with resin as per ASTM F1216. The tube shall have a relatively

uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will equal or exceed the

calculated minimum design thickness. The volume of resin used should be sufficient to fill all

voids in the tube material at nominal thickness and diameter.

C. The tube shall be manufactured to a size that when installed will tightly fit the internal

circumference and length of the original pipe. Allowance shall be made for circumferential

stretching during inversion where inversion is utilized.

D. The tube shall contain no encapsulated elastomeric layers. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be

evident after installation.

E. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of the CIPP after installation shall be a relatively light

reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection

equipment may be made.

F. Seams shall meet the minimum strength requirements of ASTM D-5813 Subsection 6.1. The tube

shall be marked for distance at regular intervals along its entire length, not to exceed 5 feet. Such

markings shall include the Manufacturers name or identifying symbol. The liner tube shall be

ANSI-NSF 61 approved.

G. The minimum tube length shall be that deemed necessary by the Contractor to effectively span

the distance between the access points. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field before

cutting liner to length or otherwise preparing it for installation.

2.03 RESIN

A. The resin system shall be an epoxy including all required catalysts, initiators, or hardeners that

when cured satisfies the requirements of ASTM F1216 and any requirements specifically stated

herein, including all structural requirements.

B. The epoxy resin shall be applied to the tube through vacuum impregnation in accordance with

ASTM F1216.





C. The resin shall be ANSl-NSF 61 approved.

2.04 STRUCTURAL-REQUIREMENTS

A. The CIPP shall be designed as per ASTM F1216 or ASTM F2019, Appendix X1. The structural

performance of the finished pipe must be adequate to accommodate all anticipated loads

throughout its design life. The host pipe is in a deteriorating state and shall not be relied upon for

any structural support of the CIPP.

B. The CIPP design for a fully deteriorated pressure pipe conditions shall assume no bonding to the

host pipe wail.

C. The CIPP must have a minimum design life of fifty (50) years. The minimum design life shall be

documented by submitting life estimates by national and/or international authorities or specifying

agencies.

D. The Contractor must have performed long-term testing for flexural creep of the CIPP pipe

material installed by their company. Such testing results are to be used to determine the long-

term, time dependent flexural modulus to be utilized in the product design. This is a performance

test of the materials (tube and resin) and general workmanship of the installation and curing. A

percentage of the instantaneous flexural modulus value (as measured by ASTM D-790 testing)

will be used in design calculations for external buckling. The percentage, or the long-term creep

retention value utilized, will be verified by this testing. Values in excess of 50% will not be

applied unless substantiated by qualified third party test data. The materials utilized for the

contracted project shall be of a quality equal to or better than the materials used in the long-term

test with respect to the initial flexural modulus used in design.

E. The layers of the cured CIPP shall be uniformly bonded. It shall not be possible to separate any

two layers with a probe or point of a knife blade so that the layers separate cleanly or the probe or

knife blade moves freely between the layers. If separation of the layers occurs during testing of

field samples, new samples will be cut from the work. Any reoccurrence may cause rejection of

the work.

F. Any layers of the tube that are not saturated with resin prior to insertion into the existing pipe

shall not be included in the structural CIPP wall thickness computation.

G. The minimum required structural CIPP wall thickness of the fully cured liner shall be 4mm. The

final thickness shall be based on the physical and structural properties described herein and in

accordance with the design equations in the appendix of ASTM F1216 or F2019, and the

following design parameters:

Parameter Value

Nominal Diameter of Host Pipe 6-inch

Host Pipe Material Ductile Iron

Design Safety Factor 2.0

Ovality of Host Pipe 2%*





Parameter Value

Retention Factor for Long-Term Flexural

Modulus to be used in Design

50%

Internal Operating Pressure 60 psi

Hydraulic Test Pressure (Minimum) 110 psi

Type of Flow System Gravity pipe operating under a pressure head from

an elevated reservoir

Depth of Cover 10 feet

Ground Water Depth** Design shall assume the most conservative

scenario of groundwater saturation to the ground

surface.

Design Condition Fully deteriorated

Live Load AASHTO H-20

Soil Load 120 lbs/cubic foot (estimated)

Modulus of Soil Reaction 700 psi

Factor of Safety 2.0 (minimum)

* Value listed is a minimum. Ovality shall be calculated from ASTM F1216X1 based off information

obtained from inspection, or obtained from review of CCTV inspection video.

H. The physical properties used for the design of the CIPP liner shall be clearly identified in all

submittals. These physical properties shall be the basis for the acceptance of the final product. At

a minimum, the CIPP shall have the following physical properties.

Parameter Value

Tensile Strength at Yield 3,000 psi (ASTM D638)

Flexural Strength 4,500 psi (ASTM D790)

Flexural Modulus of Elasticity 250,000 psi (ASTM D790)

2.05 END SEALS

A. Two end seals, a primary and a secondary end seal shall be provided at every location where the

new liner begins and ends.

B. End seals shall be designed to prevent fluid from migrating between the inside surface of the

existing host pipe and the external surface of the pipe liner. The primary seal shall be placed at

the transition from CIPP liner to the host pipe. The secondary seal shall be installed on the host

pipe wall prior to installing the CIPP liner, and shall be spaced appropriately, and per the

manufacturers recommendations so that it provides an end seal but does not interfere with the

performance of the primary end seal.

C. End seals shall be rated by the manufacturer for the operating pressure and shall be compatible

with the piped fluid. The pipe at the end seal installation points shall be structurally sound and





free of any significant pitting or heavy corrosion. This is required to ensure an adequate seal

between the CIPP and the existing pipeline. Otherwise, replacement with a new steel spool piece

at these ends may be required.

D. Primary End Seals:

1. All metal components, hardware, shims, wedges, and bands shall be 316L stainless steel.

2. All rubber shall be EPDM rubber and NSF 61 approved.

3. Primary End Seals shall be Weko-Seal, by Miller Pipeline, Indianapolis, IN, or equal.

E. Secondary End Seals

1. Shall consist of a tubular sleeve constructed of a hydrophilic polymeric material designed

with a specified length and wall thickness to provide a compression seal. The material shall

be NSF 61 approved for use in drinking water systems. A mechanical fastener is provided

with the tubular sleeve that is specifically designed to hold the tubular sleeve in place

during installation of a pipe liner. The mechanical fastener may utilize a doublesided

adhesive to ensure that neither the tubular sleeve nor the fastener

shift during installation.

2. Tubular Sleeve: The member that creates the end seal is a hydrophilic neoprene rubber of

approximately 50 Shore A durometer. The tubular sleeve has a uniform wall thickness of

approximately 2-mm, a length of approximately 3.5 inches, and a diameter slightly less than

the interior pipe diameter.

3. The Mechanical Fastener shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

4. Secondary End Seals shall be Insignia Hydrophillic End Seals, by LMK Technologies,

Ottawa IL, or equal. End seals must be NSF61 approved. The version of this product that is

designed for use as a CIPP end seal shall be used. The product shall be sized/designed for

the differential internal diameter of the host and CIPP pipe that are being sealed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ACCESS PITS

A. Access pit locations are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor may provide modified locations

of pits with approval of the Owner. Any modifications shall be provided as part of the submittal

package. The Contractor shall provide all excavation, pipe removal and replacement,

reconnection and restoration for access pits.

B. The existing main shall be cut square using an approved cutting machine, leaving no split or

fractured ends. All cut faces of the existing main shall be chamfered on the inside surface to a

suitable profile to prevent damage to the liner pipe during or after insertion.

C. Edge guards or other means of protecting the liner from host pipe edges at insertion points must

be submitted to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval.





D. A thorough examination of the route of the existing water main shall be made by the Contractor

after initial cutting of the main for access is performed. This should include a pipeline location

survey with equipment for locating any changes in direction, valves, bends, intrusions, and other

fittings that may impede the insertion and/or proper inflation of the CIPP liner.

3.02 TEMPORARY SERVICE

A. Prior to the start of all lining activities, temporary service line and services to homes shall be

established in accordance with Section 02666. Lining activities shall only begin following written

approval by the Engineer.

3.03 REMOVAL AND/OR REPLACEMENT OF PIPE, VALVES AND APPURTENANCES

A. End connections at cut piping shall be installed so that no leakage between the installed liner and

the host pipe occurs. End seals shall be required at these locations unless the liner manufacturer

can prove via third party testing and empirical data via a minimum of 10,000 lf of installations

with no leakage that their liner exhibits adherence to the pipe sufficient to prevent leakage.

B. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner or Engineer, all water main couplings shall be Hymax

or approved equal.

C. The Contractor shall lawfully dispose of all excavated material at an off-site location, and shall

pay for all disposal, associated testing, landfill fees and taxes.

3.04 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING WATER MAIN

A. Immediately upon opening the host main at the access points and prior to installation of liner, the

ends of the adjacent existing water main that are not to be lined at the insertion/extraction points

shall be covered/plugged by the Contractor so that no debris shall enter into them during

execution of the work.

B. The Contractor shall remove all internal debris out of the pipeline that will interfere with the

installation. Pipes shall be cleaned by the Contractor, as needed, with high-velocity jet cleaners,

mechanically powered equipment, cable-attached devices or fluid-propelled devices (e.g., pipe

pigs).

C. The cleaning method shall remove all rust, scales, tuberculation, deposits, including lime scale,

loose or deteriorated remains of any original coatings and other foreign materials from the inside

of the pipe so as to produce a smooth metal surface finish that will allow the new composite

liner to adhere, or tightly fit, to the existing host pipe as required by the liner manufacturer.

D. The Contractor shall lawfully dispose of all materials removed from the pipe during the cleaning

operation at an off-site location, and shall pay for all associated testing, landfill fees and taxes.

E. The Contractor shall field verify the length of water main sections to be cleaned and lined. The

Contractor shall flush the host pipe with clean water to remove any loose debris.

F. The Owner shall provide potable water at no cost to the Contractor.





G. The Contractor shall lawfully dispose of any and all leftover materials and/or byproducts of the

rehabilitation process at an offsite location.

H. Any infiltration runners or gushers from the walls of the Water Main section to be lined shall be

stopped and any water at low points removed. Leaking water shall be stopped and removed to

not interfere with the proper installation and cure of CIPP linter.

3.05 CCTV INSPECTIONS

A. CCTV inspection is required for all water mains to be lined. The Contractor shall provide the

Engineer with a complete set of all electronic copies of all videos and reports in a format suitable

for playback on a personal computer. The picture quality and definition shall be clear and easily

discernible. Information on the videos shall identify the water main section, direction of travel,

and the date of inspection. Lighting provided for the camera must be sufficient to view the entire

periphery of the host pipe. Where applicable, the videos shall include voice description of the

location of any identified defects. These inspections shall occur at the following times:

1. Prior to cleaning of existing water main.

2. Upon completion of water main cleaning and prior to installation of the liner. This

inspection should include notation of any services or other items of note clearly stated and

noted in the inspection log.

3. After completion of the liner installation and curing.

B. Verification of readiness to install liner shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in

locating services, breaks, obstacles, etc. In addition to CCTV this may include pipe mandrels or

other devices. The interior of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location

of any conditions that may prevent proper installation of the impregnated tube. These conditions

shall be noted and brought to the attention of the City Representative so that they may be

corrected. Copies of all CCTV inspection videos and related reports shall be made available to

the Engineer as soon as possible, at no additional charge, for review and approval prior to

commencement of corrective work.

C. The Contractor shall remove any obstructions that might prevent the liner from being

successfully installed. Any identified issues shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer

prior to removal.

D. Any external water leaking into the existing pipeline shall be removed so as not to interfere with

the proper installation and cure of the CIPP liner.

E. The Contractor shall field verify the length and diameter of water main to be cleaned and lined.

The Contractor shall flush the host pipe with clean water to remove any loose debris from the

interior surface of the pipe, and remove all standing water from the inside surfaces of the cleaned

water main by passing a sufficient number of oversized foam swabs through the main or use a

progressive expansion method to remove standing water.

3.06 LINER INSTALLATION





A. The Contractor shall present to the Engineer, for review, a description of his methods for

avoiding liner stoppage due to conflict and friction with such points as the bend into the pipe

entrance. He shall also present plans for dealing with a liner stopped by snagging within the pipe.

This information shall be rendered to the Engineer in a timely fashion prior to the preconstruction

conference.

B. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place

during the insertion operation. Such delays shall possibly require sampling and testing by an

independent laboratory of portions of the cured liner at the Engineer’s discretion. The cost of

such test shall be borne by the Contractor and no extra compensation will be allowed. Any failure

of sample tests or a lack of immediate notification of delay shall be automatic cause for rejection

of that part of the work at the Engineer’s discretion.

C. The Contractor shall submit construction schedules for advance approval by the Engineer.

D. The materials and processes must be reasonably available for pre-installation, installation and

post-installation inspections. Areas which require inspection include, but are not limited to, the

following:

1. Product materials should exhibit sufficient transparency to visually verify the quality of resin

impregnation.

2. Provide adequate temperature sensing methods to ensure that the temperatures required by

the manufacturer are maintained during the curing process.

E. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of the liner until the Engineer directs the

Contractor to proceed with the lining installation. The approved liner shall be installed pursuant

to the specific provisions set forth for the lining method. If any problem occurs during the

installation operation the Contractor shall investigate with a television camera from the remote

end.

F. A sample pipe shall be installed prior to lining that. Contractor shall line through and then

remove for testing. See Part 3.07 of this Section

G. The wet-out tube shall be inserted through an approved access point by means of a pull in place

method or a direct inversion process, or a combination of the two. The pressure head used to

extend the liner tube though the length of pipe being rehabilitated shall be sufficient to fully

extend the tube both circumferentially and longitudinally.

H. Before the installation begins, the Contractor shall determine the minimum pressure required to

hold the tube tight against the existing pipeline, and the maximum allowable pressure so as not to

damage the tube. In order to ensure a proper fit of the CIPP tube to the host pipe, the pressure

shall be maintained between the minimum and maximum pressures until the installation has been

completed and the liner has cured. All pressures during installation, curing and cooldown shall

follow written procedures from the lining and/or resin manufacturer.

I. The use of a lubricant during the installation process may be needed to reduce friction. Any

lubricant used shall be a nontoxic, NSF/ANSI 61 certified product.

J. Equipment Specification:





1. The Contractor shall provide calibrated suitable temperature and pressure gauges in

accordance with the manufacturer's standards and specifications. Puller unit/winch cable

shall be equipped with manufacturer recommended tension gauge and shall be smooth

running and variable speed. In lieu of a tension gauge the contractor may provide sufficient

data indicating that the prescribed loads associated with each pull are well within the limits

of the liner. The cutting device shall be a remote monitored device for use inside the lined

pipe.

2. The Contractor shall prepare and inspect all necessary tools and any spare parts that are

required for equipment that suffer frequent breakdowns, and shall ensure that said tools and

spare parts are available at the site. The Contractor shall also prepare and make operable all

necessary communication equipment for his field crew.

3. All equipment such as winches, etc., should be disinfected with chlorine solution before

insertion.

K. Tube Insertion

1. The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using either inversion or a pull-in

method. If pulled into place, a power winch should be utilized and care should be exercised

not to damage the tube as a result of pull-in friction. The tube should be pulled-in or inverted

through an approved access point and fully extend to the next designated termination point.

2. Contractor shall install the secondary end seals at all liner termination points prior to

insertion of the liner.

L. Curing of resin system shall be as per direction of CIPP system manufacturer of CIPP product.

Temperatures achieved and duration of holding liner at those temperatures shall be per System

Manufacturer’s established procedures. If any sensor or sensors along reach indicates that there is

a localized issue with respect to achieving proper curing per written installation procedure,

Contractor shall address the issue immediately using previously established protocols for such an

event. Sensor array’s database required in above paragraph shall have an output report that

identifies each sensor by its station in reach and shows maximum temperature achieved during

processing of CIPP and time sustained at or above Manufacturer’s required curing temperature at

each sensor. The temperature of the liner shall be recorded until the liner has completed the cool-

down process.

M. Resin impregnation

1. The Contractor shall designate a location where the CIPP will be vacuum impregnated or

injected prior to installation. The Contractor shall allow the Engineer to inspect the materials

and procedures used to vacuum or inject impregnating the tube. If done on-site, the

impregnation shall be done in an enclosed area.

2. The tube shall be impregnated (wet out) with resin under controlled conditions. The quantity

of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the

tube with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through

cracks and irregularities in the original pipe wall. A vacuum impregnation, resin bath, or

approved equal process shall be used. To insure thorough resin saturation throughout the





length of the felt tube, the point of vacuum shall be no further than 25 feet from the point of

initial resin introduction. After vacuum in the tube is established, a vacuum point shall be no

further than 75 feet from the leading edge of the resin. The leading edge of the resin slug

shall be as near to perpendicular as possible. A roller system shall be used to uniformly

distribute the resin throughout the tube. If the Installer uses an alternate method of resin

impregnation, the method must produce the same results. Any alternate resin impregnation

method must be proven.

N. Curing

1. After inflation or inversion is completed, the Contractor shall supply a hot water or steam

heat source. The equipment shall be capable of delivering the heated water or steam to the

far end of the liner to uniformly raise the temperature in the entire liner above the

temperature required to initiate and effect curing of the resin system. The temperature shall

be determined by the resin/catalyst system employed.

2. The heat source shall be fitted with calibrated suitable monitors to gauge the temperature

and pressure of the incoming and outgoing heat exchanger circulating heating medium.

3. Initial cure will occur during temperature heat-up and is completed when exposed portions

of the new pipe appear to be hard and sound and the remote temperature sensor indicates

that the temperature is of a magnitude to realize an exothermic reaction or cure in the resin.

After initial cure is reached, the temperature shall be held at the post-cure temperature for a

period as determined by the Contractor. The curing process shall take into account the

existing pipe material, the resin system, and ground conditions (temperature, moisture level,

and thermal conductivity of soil).

4. Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the

manufacturer's recommended cure schedule. The curing source or in and output

temperatures shall be monitored and logged during the cure cycles if applicable. The

manufacturer's recommended cure method and schedule shall be used for each line segment

installed, and the liner wail thickness and the existing ground conditions with regard to

temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of soil, per ASTM as applicable, shall

be taken into account by the Contractor.

5. The cure period shall be of a duration recommended by the resin manufacturer and may

require continuous recirculation of the water to maintain the temperature. The Contractor

shall have on hand at all times, for use by his personnel and the Owner, a calibrated digital

thermometer or other means of accurately and quickly checking the temperature of exposed

portions of the liner.

6. Contractor shall adjust cooling temperature and times based on ambient temperatures as

required by lining manufacturer.

O. Cool-Down

1. Once the cure is complete, the Contractor shall cool the hardened liner to a temperature

below one hundred degrees Fahrenheit (100°F) before relieving the internal pressure. Cool

down shall be accomplished as recommended by the manufacturers. Care shall be taken in





the release of the internal pressure so that a vacuum that could damage the newly installed

liner does not develop.

2. Contractor shall control cool down based on ambient temperatures and as required by the

lining manufacturer.

3. Cooling water shall be properly disposed of.

3.07 INSPECTION & TESTING

A. Costs related to testing outlined in this section shall be borne by the Contractor, and shall be

included in the base unit price per linear foot.

B. After the liner has been cooled down, a preliminary television inspection of the newly installed

liner shall be performed to determine that the liner is properly installed.

C. The finished lining shall be continuous over the entire length and be free from visual defects

such as foreign inclusions, lifts, pinholes and delamination. The lining shall be impervious and

free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to the inside of

the lined pipe.

D. Disinfection testing shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 01445.

E. Pressure testing shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 01445.

F. CCTV inspections shall be per 3.04.

G. Sample pipe liner laboratory test results must meet the minimum physical properties as listed in

Part 2.04.H. If the laboratory test results are less than 90% of the minimum required values, the

Contractor has the option to either fully replace the liner, or provide a 5-year warranty. For the

warranty option, the Contractor shall submit a 5-year warranty that clearly states that should any

part of the liner fail, the Contractor shall pay 100% of all costs to completely remove and replace

installed liner, including all labor, equipment, materials, and associated expenses to the full

satisfaction of the Owner or Engineer.

3.08 WET-OUT AND CURE REPORT

A. The Contractor shall submit "wet out" and "cure" reports documenting the specific details of the

liner's vacuum impregnation and saturation with resin and the CIPP installation of the liner. A

report shall be generated for each liner installation. A copy of all "wet-out" and "cure" records

shall be made available to the Engineer upon request, and shall be turned over to the Engineer on

a weekly basis and prior to request for payment. At a minimum, this report shall include, in

addition to Contractor and Contract identification:

1. Line identification and location

2. Wet-out date

3. Sample identification(s) and technician

4. Installation date

5. Host pipe inside diameter

6. Liner thickness, liner length, and liner and resin batch numbers





7. Resin type

8. Wet out length

9. Roller spacing

10. Vacuum setting

11. Quantity of resin and catalyst utilized

12. Wet out technicians

13. Time wet out started and completed

14. Applicable remarks

15. (Heat cure) Boiler and liner heating fluid pressure and temperature versus time log during

cure period

16. (UV cure) Pressure and temperature versus time log and light train speed during cure period.

17. Cool down report

3.09 LINER END SEALS

A. Two end seals, a primary and a secondary end seal shall be provided at every location where the

new liner begins and ends.

B. Primary End Seals

1. Installation shall be per the manufacturer’s recommendations for use with CIPP end seals.

C. Secondary End Seals

1. Installation shall be per the manufacturer’s recommendations for use with CIPP end seals.

3.10 ACCEPTANCE AND RESTORATION

A. The finished liner shall be continuous over the entire length of the installation. The liner shall be

free from visual defects, damage, deflection, holes, delamination, uncured resin, etc. No

pinholes, cracks, thin spots, dry spots, or other defects in the liner will be permitted.

B. Following installation of the liner, the Contractor shall conduct a final digitally recorded color

CCTV Inspection of the completed work in accordance with Section 02765. Copies of these

post-installation digital recordings, as well as the digital recordings made prior to the liner

installation shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall be retained by the Engineer.

Payment will not be made for any CIPP lining until the Engineer has reviewed and approved

these digital recordings. The Contractor shall submit CCTV Inspections minimum of 15 calendar

days in advance of any payment request to provide the Engineer ample time to review the

recordings.

C. There shall be no visible infiltration through the liner or from behind the liner at access pits.

Wrinkles in the finished liner that cause backwater, reduce the pipe's hydraulic capacity or

structural stability or that create voids between the liner and pipe wall will be unacceptable.

Defective lining will be removed and the pipe re-lined at no additional cost to the Owner. If

during the removal process, the host pipe is damaged, Contractor will perform a point repair of

the damaged pipe at Contractor's own expense.

D. The liner opening shall conform neatly to the opening in the host pipe and shall be free of burrs

or debris. Preliminary field acceptance of the liner shall be based on the Engineer's evaluation of





the installation and curing data, results of air testing where required, and review of the digital

recordings.

1. There should be no leakage observed.

2. There shall be no evidence of splits, cracks, breaks, lifts, kinks, delamination or crazing in

the liner.

3. If any defective liner is discovered after it has been installed, it shall be removed and

replaced with either a sound liner or a new pipe at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. Final acceptance of the liner shall be based on the preliminary acceptance of the liner by the

Owner as listed above and on the results of the certified laboratory tests on the liner specimens

as listed above.

F. Only liners meeting or exceeding the certified thicknesses and specified strengths, as evidenced

by the certified laboratory testing results, shall be paid for in full according to the contract terms.

G. After the work is completed, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a DVD showing:

• Draft Water Main Inspection report showing the cleaned pipeline before lining in

accordance with Section 02765.

• Final Water Main Inspection report showing the finished pipeline after lining in accordance

with Section 02765.

H. Subject to approval of the Engineer, an external hard drive may be submitted in lieu of DVD's or

other mass media storage devices.

I. After the work is completed, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of all test

results and certifications as required by regulatory agencies and/or by this specification.

J. The Contractor shall be responsible for correction of all defects in materials and workmanship at

no cost to the Owner, including removal and replacement of the entire section of lining, if

deemed necessary by the Engineer.

K. The Contractor shall obtain samples and arrange and pay for all hydrostatic testing, disinfection

as required by Section 01445, and reports required to place the pipeline back in service.

L. The Contractor shall restore permanent water services and remove temporary service piping in

accordance with Section 02666. All permanent services shall be fully operational for all

connections to the lined water main.

M. Upon acceptance of the installation, the Contractor shall reinstate, to original conditions, the

project area affected by the operations. Restoration of any and all disruptions or damages caused

by the cleaning, televising, temporary water service or lining process, including correction of

defective or otherwise unacceptable work, are the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be

done at the Contractor's cost. Damaged areas shall be restored as soon as reasonably possible

after completion of the CIPP installation. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Owner may engage

qualified restoration contractors and deduct reasonable restoration costs from payments due the

Contractor.

END OF SECTION



Potable Water Distribution Main Lining Loaming and Seeding


SECTION 02931

LOAMING AND SODDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and provide erosion control and

place topsoil, finish grade, apply lime and fertilizer, place sod and maintain all sodded areas as

shown on the Drawings and as specified herein, including all areas disturbed.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Site preparation including clearing, grubbing and stripping is included in Section 02100.

B. Trenching, backfilling and compaction is included in Section 02221.

C. Erosion and sediment control is included in Section 02270.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300, samples of all materials for inspection and

acceptance. Submittals shall include the following:

1. Full and complete written instructions for maintenance of the sodded areas to the Owner at

the time of provisional acceptance.

2. Sod grower's name and location and grass type for review and approval prior to delivery of

sod to the site.

3. Schedules for sodding and fertilizing to the Engineer for approval prior to performing the

work.

A. Copies of environmental analytical results of all backfill material and top soil verifying that

these materials do not exceed APPENDIX B, SECTION 742, TABLE A; TACO: 35 ILL.

ADM. CODE 742 values for 35 ILL. ADM CODE 740 APPENDIX A TCL parameters. For

samples from virgin aggregate sources, Contractor shall submit a certification letter from the

Owner of the source property that all material is virgin. For samples from other sources, one

sample per 1,000 tons of material must be analyzed for 35 IAC 740 APPENDIX A TCL

parameters. A copy of the analytical results shall be submitted at least one week prior to

depositing backfill or top soil on site. The date of the analysis shall be within 60 days of

importing such material.

B. Name and address and telephone number of the laboratory used by the Contractor to perform

the environmental analytical testing for backfill and top soil samples. The laboratory

performing the analysis must be an Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA)-accredited

laboratory.

1.04 DELIVERY

A. Topsoil: Mix or amend topsoil, if required, prior to delivery to the site.





B. Fertilizer: Deliver to the site in original unopened containers, each showing the manufacturer's

guaranteed analysis conforming to applicable state fertilizer laws.

1.05 MAINTENANCE AND PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE

A. Keep all sodded areas watered, lawn areas mowed and all areas in good condition. Maintain all

sodded areas in an approved condition until provisional acceptance.

B. The Engineer will inspect all work for provisional acceptance at the end of the 10 week

maintenance period, upon the written request, received at least 10 days before the anticipated

date of inspection. The maintenance period must occur during the growing season between

March 15 and October 1 and shall include a minimum of three mowings.

C. After the inspection has occurred but prior to provisional acceptance, a soil test shall be

performed by the Contractor to determine if additional soil fertilization should occur. If

necessary, apply additional fertilizer not to exceed 30 lbs/1000 sq ft of 10-20-10 as directed by

the Engineer.

D. The inspection by the Engineer will determine whether maintenance shall continue in any area

or manner.

E. After all necessary corrective work and clean-up has been completed, and maintenance

instructions have been received by the Owner, the Engineer will certify in writing the

provisional acceptance of the lawn areas. Maintenance of lawns or parts of lawns shall cease on

receipt of provisional acceptance.

1.06 GUARANTEE PERIOD AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A. Contractor shall guarantee all sodded areas for not less than 2 full years from the time of final

completion.

B. At the end of the guarantee period, inspection will be made by the Engineer upon written

request by Contractor submitted at least 10 days before the anticipated date. Renovate, resod

and maintain sodded areas not demonstrating satisfactory stands as specified herein and as

determined by the Engineer.

C. After all necessary corrective work has been completed, the Engineer will certify in writing the

final acceptance of the sodded areas.





PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Topsoil

1. The topsoil shall consist of natural topsoil, free from subsoil, obtained from an area which

has never been stripped. Remove to a depth of 1-ft or less if subsoil is encountered. Topsoil

shall be of uniform quality free of hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan, sods, partially

disintegrated stone, lime, cement, ashes, slag, concrete, tar residues, tarred paper, boards,

chips, sticks and all other undesirable material.

2. The topsoil shall be tested by the Contractor to verify it meets the requirements of Article

1081 of the Standard Specifications with an organic content between one and ten percent

according to AASHTO T 194. Relatively free from large roots, sticks, weeds, brush, or

stones larger than 1” in diameter, or other litter or waste products. At least 90% shall pass

the No. 10 sieve according to Illinois Modified AASHTO T 27, and the pH shall be

between 5.0 and 8.0 according to ASTM D 4972.

3. Based on test results, the topsoil shall be identified as "Acceptable", "Acceptable with

certain fertilizer and limestone applications" or "Unacceptable" by the Engineer. If the

topsoil is found acceptable, the fertilizer and limestone requirements will be as specified or

as recommended specified by a certified agronomist as paid for by the Contractor using

fertilizer combination and application rate and any other required information as

recommended by the agronomist. If the topsoil is found unacceptable, identify another

source of topsoil and incur all expenses associated with testing additional samples. All

topsoil incorporated into the site work shall match the sample provided to the Engineer for

testing.

4. Topsoil shall be capable of supporting and germinating vegetation.

5. Do not destroy topsoil structure through excessive and unnecessary handling and

compaction. Inappropriate handling leading to the compaction or deterioration of soil

structure will result in rejection of topsoil for use.

6. Provide samples to assure topsoil fulfills specified requirements regarding textural

analysis, organic matter content, pH and fertility as follows:

a. Provide one 20 lb sample of topsoil to Engineer from each site that will be used as a

topsoil borrow area in accordance with the provisions of Section 01300. Submit

samples at least 15 days prior to beginning stripping operations or 3 weeks prior to

commencing topsoiling operations on the site; whichever is greater.

b. At least 3 weeks prior to anticipated start of topsoiling operations, a one pint sample

of topsoil material for each site from which topsoil is to be stripped will be delivered

by the Contractor to the designated laboratory for analysis for confirmation of

requirements of this Part. Copies of test results will be submitted to the Engineer.

c. Based on test results, the topsoil shall be identified as "Acceptable", "Acceptable with

certain fertilizer and limestone applications" or "Unacceptable" by the Engineer. If the

topsoil is found acceptable, the fertilizer and limestone requirements will be as

specified or as recommended by the Engineer. If the topsoil is found unacceptable,

identify another source of topsoil and incur all expenses associated with testing





additional samples. All topsoil incorporated into the site shall match the samples

provided to the Engineer for testing.

B. Fertilizer shall be commercial mixed free flowing granules or pelleted fertilizer, 10-20-10 (N-

P2O5-K2O) grade for lawn and naturalized areas. At least 40 percent of the nitrogen in the

fertilizer used shall be in slowly available (organic) form.

C. Lime shall be ground agricultural limestone containing not less than 85 percent calcium and

magnesium carbonates and be ground to such fineness that at least 50 percent shall pass a 100-

mesh sieve and at least 90 percent shall pass a 20-mesh sieve.

D. Sod for Lawn Areas

1. Sod shall be as grown by an established sod grower, as approved by the Engineer. Sod

shall be the salt tolerant variety in accordance with Article 1081.03 of the Standard

Specifications.

2. Sod shall be vigorous, well rooted, healthy turf, free from insect pests, disease, weeds,

other grasses, stones, bare spots, burned spots and any other harmful or deleterious matter.

Sod shall be machine stripped at a uniform soil thickness of approximately 1-in and not

less than 3/4-in. The measurement for thickness shall not include top growth and thatch

and shall be determined at the time of cutting in the field.

3. Individual pieces of sod shall be cut to the supplier's standard width and length. Maximum

allowable deviation from standard widths and lengths shall be plus or minus 1/2-in on

width and plus or minus 5 percent on length. Broken rolls or torn or uneven rolls will not

be acceptable.

4. Standard size sections of sod shall be strong enough to support their own weight and retain

their size and shape when suspended vertically from a firm grasp on the upper 10 percent

of the section.

5. Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet)

may adversely affect is survival.

6. Harvest, deliver and transplant sod within a period of 36 hours unless a suitable

preservation method is approved by the Engineer prior to delivery. Sod not transplanted

within this period shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer prior to its

installation.

7. Before stripping, mow sod uniformly at a height of 1-in to 2-1/2-in.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION OF TOPSOIL AMENDMENTS

A. Place topsoil to the minimum depth as shown in Appendix B.

B. Do not handle or move topsoil when it is wet or frozen.





C. For all areas to be sodded:

1. Apply lime at the rate determined by the soil test to bring topsoil pH to a range of 6.0 to

7.0.

2. Apply fertilizer (10-20-10) at the rate determined by the soil test or at 30 lbs/1000 sq ft.

D. If possible, apply limestone 2 to 3 months before the application of fertilizer. Do not mix

limestone with fertilizer for application and apply a minimum of 2 weeks prior to fertilizer

application.

E. After the topsoil is placed and before it is raked to true lines and rolled, spread limestone evenly

over the loam surface and thoroughly incorporate by heavy raking to at least 1/2 the depth of

topsoil.

F. The application of fertilizer may be performed hydraulically. Clean all structures and paved

areas of unwanted deposits of the mixture.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF TOPSOIL

A. Maintain previously established grades, as shown on the Drawings, in a true and even condition.

B. Prepare subgrade by tilling prior to placement of topsoil to obtain a more satisfactory bond

between the two layers. Tillage operations shall be across the slope. Tillage shall not take place

on slopes steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical or where tillage equipment cannot be operated.

Accomplish tillage by disking or harrowing to a depth of 9-in parallel to contours. Do not

perform tillage when the subgrade is frozen, excessively wet, extremely dry or in other

conditions which would not permit acceptable results. Rake the subgrade and remove all

rubbish, sticks, roots and stones larger than 2-in. Rake subgrade surfaces, or otherwise loosen,

immediately prior to covering surfaces with loam.

C. Place topsoil over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than required so that, after

natural settlement and light rolling, the complete work will conform to the lines, grades and

elevations shown on the Drawings. Do not spread loam in water or while it is frozen or muddy.

D. After topsoil has been spread, carefully prepare it by scarifying or harrowing and hand raking.

Remove all stiff clods, lumps, roots, litter and other foreign material from the loamed area and

dispose of it as approved. The areas shall also be free of smaller stones, in excessive quantities,

as determined by the Engineer. Then roll the whole surface with a hand roller weighing not

more than 100 lbs/ft of width. During the rolling, fill all depressions caused by settlement of

rolling with additional loam, regrade the surface and roll until a smooth and even finished grade

is created.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF SOD

A. Only perform sodding and conditioning during those periods within the seasons which are

normal for such work as determined by the weather, locally accepted practice and as approved

by the Engineer.





B. Perform sodding between the period of March 15 to June 1 or August 15 to October 1. Only

perform sodding during the period from October 2 to March 14 upon approval of the Engineer.

Only perform sodding during the period from June 1 to August 14 if irrigation is provided.

C. Perform sodding within 10 days following soil preparation.

D. During periods of higher than optimal temperature for species being specified and after all

unevenness in the soil surface has been corrected, lightly moisten the soil immediately prior to

laying the sod.

E. Lay the first row of sod in a straight line with subsequent rows placed parallel to and butted

tightly against each other. Stagger lateral joints. Exercise care to ensure that the sod is not

stretched or overlapped and that all joints are butted tight to prevent voids.

F. As sodding is completed in any one section, roll the entire section by making four passes with a

hand roller weighing not more than 100 lbs/ft of width.

G. Water sod immediately after transplanting to prevent excessive drying during progress of the

work. After rolling, thoroughly water the sod to a depth sufficient that the underside of the new

sod pad and soil immediately below the sod are thoroughly wet. Have adequate water available

at the site prior to, during and after transplanting the sod. Keep the soil on soil pads moist at all

times. In the absence of adequate rainfall, water daily or as often as necessary after installation

and in sufficient quantities to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 4-in. Perform watering

during the heat of the day to help prevent wilting.

3.04 EROSION CONTROL

A. In order to prevent unnecessary erosion of newly topsoiled and graded slopes and unnecessary

siltation of drainage ways, carry out sodding as soon as a unit or portion of the project has been

satisfactorily completed. For the purpose of this project, a unit is defined as 10,000 sq ft. When

protection of newly loamed and graded areas is necessary at a time which is outside of the

normal seeding season, protect those areas by whatever means necessary, as approved by the

Engineer and prevent siltation in the areas beyond the Limit of Work.

B. When newly graded subgrade areas cannot be topsoiled and sodded because of season or

weather conditions and will remain exposed for more than 30 days, protect those areas against

erosion and washouts by temporary mulching. Prior to application of topsoil, thoroughly

incorporate any such materials applied for erosion control into the subgrade by discing. Apply

fertilizer prior to spreading of topsoil.

C. On slopes, provide against washouts by an approved method. Regrade and resod all washouts

that occur until a good sod is established, at no additional cost to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Appendix A

Drawing – Figures Showing Work Locations

meyerjp

Text Box

** THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK **

11LINE EAST

OF VALVE6" DIP TO LINE

PROJECTLIMITS

LINE WEST OF VALVE

89TH PL

88TH ST

88TH PL

NATO

MA AV

E

OAK P

ARK A

VE

88TH PL

Source: Esri, DigitalGlobe, GeoEye, Earthstar Geographics, CNES/Airbus DS, USDA, USGS, AeroGRID, IGN, and the GIS User Community

LegendBBox Fire HydrantGate ValveProject LimitsService LateralWater Main to LineWater Main

¯Village of Oak Lawn

Water Main LiningFigure 1 - 88th Place

0 75 15037.5Feet

General Notes:1. See construction constraints

section 01014.2. Number of service laterals and BBoxes approximate.

Contractor shall field verify prior to construction.

Key Notes:1. Do no install CIPP liner through valve.

meyerjp

Text Box


1

1

1

1

101ST ST

PARK

E AVE

99TH PL

100TH ST

UNKN

OWN

100T

H PL

KILPATRICK AVE

Source: Esri, DigitalGlobe, GeoEye, Earthstar Geographics, CNES/Airbus DS, USDA, USGS,AeroGRID, IGN, and the GIS User Community

LegendBBox Fire HydrantGate ValveProject LimitsService LateralWater Main to LineWater Main 0 90 18045

Feet ¯

Village of Oak LawnWater Main Lining

Figure 2 - Parke Avenue(Alternative)

PROJECT LIMITS

6" DIP TO LINE

DO NOT LINE

6" DIP TO LINE

LINE NORTH OF VALVE

General Notes:1. See construction constraints section 01014.2. Number of service laterals and BBoxes approximate. Contractor shall field verify prior to construction.

Key Notes:1. Do no install CIPP liner through valve.

INSTALL NEWGATE VALVE AND VAULT ANDLINE SOUTHOF VALVE

meyerjp

Text Box


Appendix B

Village of Oak Lawn Standard Details

meyerjp

Text Box


Village of Oak Lawn, Illinois Potable Water Distribution Main Lining

Documents

Transcript of Village of Oak Lawn, Illinois Potable Water Distribution Main Lining